Home

TP-Link T3700G-28TQ CLI Reference Guide

1. cee ceeecececcce cece ceeceeee cece cece eeeeceeeaeeeeeeeeseseeeaeeseeeeeeeseseeneaeeess 322 ip pim bsr candidate interface c cccceceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeseenueeeeeeeeteeseesueeeeeeeees 323 ip pim rp candidate interface ccccccceeeceeeeeceeeceeeeceeeeneaeeeeeeeeeeseeneaeeeeeeeeeseseeseianeeteeeetees 324 ip pim rp address eee eeecceceeeceee cece eeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeesaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaneeaaesaees 325 IP pim ber border AAA 325 PPIM Apron cuentas tad tasca Ea 326 ip pim join prune interval riscati A se Meade ties Mena ete 326 ip pim query intervall uri a AA eats ated eesti inn dearer eae 327 SNOW IP MUILICASE ET 328 SHOWS IP MOU E 328 Show ip Pim Interface 329 SHOW IPs PIM fue lee 329 SHOW Ip PIM DST iii WEA ened iia eae Ween OE eee 330 SNOW ID DIM TO aki tad ater ieee Fae Ae th eas as ad ates nd A oe cn Red 2s T 330 Real elia aian o aTe EE 331 Chapter 39 Static Multicast Routing Commande 332 full 332 Show ip Mroute Static e da 333 Chapter 40 VRRP Commands moccccccconinnnnnnncnnncnnnnn 334 MIT MING oie A EE 334 VET VIO VITA e EE 335 VET Vrid COS Tee 335 Viro Vrid priority E gine Se abe ae dee 336 VET vrid Mera EE 336 Vogesen ele DEN 337 vrrp vrid authentication MOde eee cette nano nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ono nnnnnnn no nan nro EEEE EEEE EEEE Eneee teea 338 VITD Vid track Interface itinere 339 e AUD SUSO ia A AA AAA AAA AAA AT An 339 A A A A E
2. The source IP address Only the users within the IP range you set here are allowed to login ip mask The subnet mask of the IP address Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure that only the user with the IP address 192 168 0 148 is allowed to login T3700G 28T Q config user access control ip based 192 168 0 148 255 255 255 255 user access control mac based Description The user access control mac based command is used to limit the MAC address of the users for login Only the user with this MAC Address you set here is allowed to login To cancel the user access limit please use no user access control command 73 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax user access control mac based mac addr no user access control Parameter mac addr The source MAC address Only the user with this MAC Address is allowed to login Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure that only the user with the MAC address 00 00 13 0A 00 01 is allowed to login T3700G 28TQ config user access control mac based 00 00 13 0A 00 01 user access control port based Description The user access control port based command is used to limit the ports for login Only the users connected to these ports you set here are allowed for login To cancel the user access limit please use no user access control command At most 5 ports can be configured Syntax user access co
3. last listener query count and no report frame is received from the port ip addr The source IP of the specific query frame sent by IGMP Snooping Querier It should not be a multicast IP or a broadcast IP By default it is 192 168 0 1 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example For VLAN 2 specify its last listener query interval as 2 T3700G 28TQ config ip igmp snooping querier vlan 2 last listener query interval 2 231 T3700G 28TQ ROSES MOE RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show ip igmp snooping Description The show ip igmp snooping command is used to display the global configuration of IGMP Snooping Syntax show ip igmp snooping Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the global configuration of IGMP Snooping T3700G 28TQ show ip igmp snooping show ip igmp snooping interface Description The show ip igmp snooping interface command is used to display the port configuration of IGMP Syntax show ip igmp snooping interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port basic config packet stat max groups show ip igmp snooping interface fastEthernet port list gigabitEthernet port list ten gigabitEthernet port list basic config max groups packet stat Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ethernet port number By default the configuration of all ports is displayed basic config max groups packet sta
4. T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT T3700G 28TQ config protocol vlan template name TP frame ether_2 ether type 2024 protocol vlan vlan Description The protocol vlan vlan command is used to create a Protocol based VLAN entry To delete a Protocol based VLAN entry please use no protocol vlan vlan command Syntax protocol vlan vlan vian id template template idx no protocol vlan vlan group idx Parameter vlan id Specify IEEE 802 1Q VLAN ID ranging from 1 4094 template idx The number of the Protocol based VLAN Template You can get the template corresponding to the number by the show protocol vlan template command group idx The number of the Protocol based VLAN entry You can get the Protocol based VLAN entry corresponding to the number by the show protocol vlan vlan command Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create Protocol based VLAN 2 and bind it with Protocol based VLAN Template 3 T3700G 28TQ config protocol vian vlan 2 template 3 protocol vlan Description The protocol vlan command is used to enable the Protocol based VLAN feature for a specified port To disable the Protocol based VLAN feature of this 42 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te port please use no protocol vlan command By default the Protocol based VLAN feature of all ports is disabled Syntax protocol vlan no protocol vlan Command Mode Interface
5. The area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295 asbr summary external network nssa external router summary The LSA type 386 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the LSDB summary information of Area 0 in process 1 T3700G 28TQ show ip ospf 1 area 0 database show ip ospf area interface Description The show ip ospf area interface command is used to display the interface information of the specified area Syntax show ip ospf process id area area id interface brief interface name interface number Parameter process id The process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 area id The area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295 brief Display the summary information of the interface interface name interface number Specify the interface name and number to display the detailed information of this interface Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the detailed information of all the interfaces of Area 0 in process 1 T3700G 28TQ show ip ospf 1 area 0 interface show ip ospf area neighbor Description The show ip ospf are neighbor command is used to display the neighbor information of the specified area 3
6. Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the log information from level O to level 5 in the log buffer of unit 2 T3700G 28TQ config show logging buffer level 5 unit 2 118 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show logging flash Description The show logging flash command is used to display the log information in the log file according to the severity level in the specified unit or the whole stack Syntax show logging flash level eve unit unit id Parameter level Severity level There are 8 severity levels marked with values 0 7 The information of levels with priority not lower than the select level will display Display all the log information in the log file by default unit Specify the unit whose log information in the log file will be displayed The log information in the log files of the whole stack will be displayed by default Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the log information with the level marked 0 3 in the log file of unit 2 T3700G 28TQ config show logging flash level 3 unit 2 119 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Chapter 19 SSH Commands SSH Security Shell can provide the unsecured remote management with security and powerful authentication to ensure the security of the management information ip ssh server Description The ip ssh server command is u
7. Instance ID ranging from 1 to 8 vlan id The VLAN ID selected to mapping with the corresponding instance Command Mode MST Configuration Mode 210 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Map the VLANs 1 100 to Instance 1 T3700G 28TQ config spanning tree mst configuration T3700G 28TQ config mst instance 1 vlan 1 100 Disable Instance 1 namely remove all the maping VLANs 1 100 T3700G 28TQ config spanning tree mst configuration T3700G 28TQ config mst no instance 1 Remove VLANs 1 50 in maping VLANs 1 100 for Instance 1 T3700G 28TQ config spanning tree mst configuration T3700G 28TQ config mst no instance 1 vlan 1 50 name Description The name command is used to configure the region name of MST instance Syntax name name Parameters name The region name used to identify MST region It ranges from 1 to 32 characters Command Mode MST Configuration Mode Example Configure the region name of MST as region1 T3700G 28TQ config spanning tree mst configuration T3700G 28T Q config mst name region revision Description The revision command is used to configure the revision level of MST instance Syntax revision revision 211 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Parameters revision The revision level for MST region identification ranging from 0 to 65535 Command Mode MST Configuration Mode Example Configure the revision level of MS
8. Specify the DNS server list with the format of A B C D E F G H At most 8 DNS servers can be configured separated by comma Command Mode DHCP Configuration Mode Example Specify the address pool s DNS servers as 192 168 0 1 and 192 168 1 1 T3700G 28TQ config H ip dhcp server pool product T3700G 28TQ config dhcp dns server 192 168 0 1 192 168 1 1 show ip dhcp server status Description The show ip dhcp server status command is used to display the status of the DHCP service Syntax show ip dhcp server status Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the status of DHCP service T3700G 28TQ config show ip dhcp server status show ip dhcp server statistics Description The show ip dhcp server statistics command is used to display the statistics of DHCP packets Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode 291 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Display the statistics of DHCP packets T3700G 28TQ config show ip dhcp server statistics show ip dhcp server pool Description The show ip dhcp server pool command is used to display the configuration of the address pool Syntax show ip dhcp server pool Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configured address pool T3700G 28TQ config show ip dhcp server pool show ip dhcp server ex
9. Specify the name of the configuration file to be deleted ranging from 1 to 63 characters with the suffix cfg included Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Delete the configuration file named config1 cfg of all the members in the stack T3700G 28TQ remove config filename config1 cfg firmware upgrade Description The firmware upgrade command is used to upgrade the switch system file via the TFTP server Syntax firmware upgrade ip address p addr filename name unitid Parameter ip addr IP address of the TFTP server name Specify the name for the firmware file unitid Specify the member s unit in the stack for which the firmware file would be applied If not specified the firmware files of all the switches in the stack will be upgraded Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Upgrade the switch system file named as firmware bin of all the switches in the stack from the TFTP server with the IP address 192 168 0 148 155 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO Ke mm Ol men T3700G 28TQ firmware upgrade ip address 192 168 0 148 filename firmware bin ping Description The ping command is used to test the connectivity between the switch and one node of the network Syntax ping p_adadr n count H count i count Parameter ip_addr The IP address of the destination node for ping test n count The amount of times to send test data during Ping
10. T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display LSA request list of Area 0 in process1 T3700G 28TQ show ip ospf 1 area 0 request list show ip ospf area retransmission list Description The show ip ospf area retransmission list command is used to display the LSA retransmission list of the specified area Syntax show ip ospf process id area area id retransmission list interface name interface number neighbor id Parameter process id The process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 area id The area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295 interface name interface number Specify the interface name and number to display the LSA retransmission list on this interface neighbor id Specify neighbor router ID to display the LSA retransmission list on this neighbor Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display LSA retransmission list of Area 0 in process1 T3700G 28TQ show ip ospf 1 area 0 retransmission list 389
11. Configuration Mode Interface Configuration Mode and VLAN Configuration Mode Users get the privilege to the User level once connecting console port with the switch or logging in by Telnet However Guest users are restricted to access the CLI Users can enter Privileged EXEC mode from User EXEC mode by using the enable command In Global Configuration Mode you can configure password for Admin level by enable password command Once password is configured you are required to enter it to access Privileged EXEC mode 20 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RL ME MEMENTO lei BRETT 1 4 Conventions 1 4 1 Format Conventions The following conventions are used in this Guide gt gt Items in square brackets are optional Items in braces are required Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars For example speed 10 100 1000 Bold indicates an unalterable keyword For example show logging Normal Font indicates a constant several options are enumerated and only one can be selected For example switchport type access trunk general Italic Font indicates a variable an actual value must be assigned For example bridge aging time aging time 1 4 2 Special Characters You should pay attentions to the description below if the variable is a character string gt gt These six characters lt gt 8 can not be input If a blank is contained in a character string
12. Parameter access trunk general Link Types There are three Link Types for the ports Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Specify the Link Type of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 3 as trunk T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 3 T3700G 28T Q config if switchport mode trunk switchport access vlan Description The switchport access vlan command is used to add the desired Access port to IEEE 802 1Q VLAN or to remove a port from the corresponding VLAN Syntax switchport access vlan vian id 32 T3700G 28TQ Jet tream 28 Port Giosbit Stackatle L3 Managed Switch CL Guide no switchport access vlan Parameter vlan id Specify IEEE 802 1Q VLAN ID ranging from 2 to 4094 Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 3 whose link type is access to VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 3 T3700G 28T Q config if switchport access vlan 2 switchport trunk allowed vian Description The switchport trunk allowed vlan command is used to ad
13. Interface Configuration Mode Example Shut down the routed port 1 0 9 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 9 T3700G 28T Q config if no switchport T3700G 28T Q config if shutdown description Description Syntax This description command is used to add a description to the Layer 3 interface including routed port loopback interface and VLAN interface To clear the description of the corresponding interface please use the no description command description string no description Parameter string Content of an interface description ranging from 1 to 32 characters Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example ip route Add a description system if to the routed port 1 0 9 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 9 T3700G 28T Q config if no switchport T3700G 28T Q config if description system if Description This ip route command is configure the static route To clear the corresponding entry please use the no ip route command 279 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax ip route dest address mask next hop address distance distance no ip route dest address mask y next hop address Parameter dest address The destination IP address mask The subnet mask next hop address The address of the next hop distance The distance metric of this route The smaller the distance is t
14. Provide information about the commands used for protecting the switch from the ARP cheating or ARP Attack Chapter 15 IP Verify Source Commands Provide information about the commands used for guarding the IP Source by filtering the IP packets based on the IP MAC Binding entries Chapter 16 DoS Defend Command Provide information about the commands used for DoS defend and detecting the DoS attack Chapter 17 IEEE 802 1X Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring IEEE 802 1X function Chapter 18 System Log Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring system log Chapter 19 SSH Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring and managing SSH Security Shell Chapter 20 SSL Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring and managing SSL Secure Sockets Layer Chapter 21 MAC Address Commands Provide information about the commands used for Address configuration Chapter 22 System Configuration Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the System information and System IP reboot and reset the switch upgrade the switch system and commands used for device diagnose including loopback test and cable test Chapter 23 Ethernet Configuration Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Bandwidth Control Negotiation Mode and Storm Control for ethernet ports Chapter 24 QoS
15. Specify the type of the secondary VLAN either community or isolated Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure host type Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 3 as a member of primary VLAN 3 and secondary VLAN 4 with the type of VLAN 4 as community T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 3 T3700G 28TQ config if switchport private vlan host association 3 A community switchport private vlan mapping Description The switchport private vlan mapping command is used to add promiscuous type port to private VLAN To remove the port from Private VLAN please use no switchport private vlan mapping command 59 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te K Syntax switchport private vlan mapping primary_vlan_id secondary_vlan_id no switchport private vlan mapping Parameter primary vlan id Primary VLAN ID ranging from 2 to 4094 secondary vlan id Secondary VLAN ID ranging from 2 to 4094 Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure promiscuous type Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 3 as a member of prim
16. The contact info command is used to configure the system contact information To clear the system contact information please use no contact info command Syntax contact info contact_info no contact info Parameter contact_info Contact Information It consists of 32 characters at most It is www tp link com by default Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the system contact information as www tp link com T3700G 28T Q config contact info www tp link com 141 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT ip address Description This ip address command is used to configure the IP address and IP subnet mask for the specified interface manually The interface type includes routed port loopback interface and VLAN interface Syntax ip address p addr mask no ip address Parameter ip addr The IP address of the Layer 3 interface mask The subnet mask of the Layer 3 interface Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Create the VLAN interface 2 with the IP address as 192 168 1 1 and subnet mask as 255 255 255 0 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28TQ config if ip address 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 ip address alloc Description The IP address alloc dhcp command is used to enable the DHCP Client function or the BOOTP Protocol When this function is enabled the specified interface will obtain IP from DHCP Server or BOOTP server To disable th
17. no Ildp transmit Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable Gigabit Ethernet port 1 to transmit LLDPDU T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ config if lldp transmit Ildp snmp trap Description The Ildp snmp trap command is used to enable the ports SNMP notification If enabled the port will notify the trap event to network management system To disable the ports SNMP notification please use no Ildp snmp trap command Syntax lldp snmp trap no lldp snmp trap Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the SNMP notification for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 T3700G 28T Q config if lldp snmp trap Ildp tlv select Description The Ildp tlv select command is used to configure TLVs to be included in outgoing LLDPDU To exclude TLVs please use no lldp tlv select command By default All TLVs are included in outgoing LLDPDU 260 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax lldp tlv select port description system cap
18. notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295 Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Delete the OSPF area 1 T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28TQ config router no area 1 area description Description The area description command is used to configure the area name To delete the name of the specified area please use the no area description command Syntax area area id description descript no area area id description 364 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Parameter area id The area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295 descript The area name ranging from 1 to 20 characters Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure the name of area 0 as SOFT T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28T Q config router area 0 description SOFT area authentication Description The area authentication command is used to configure the authentication mode of the specified area Interfaces in this area will be authorized using the area s authentication mode if their authentication modes are not configured manually To restore to the default setting please use the no area authentication command It is not authorized by default Syntax area area id authentication message digest no area area id authentication Parameter area id The area ID in the format of an I
19. osea Figure 1 2 Connection Description 4 Select the port to connect in Figure 1 3 and click OK Connect To DB tp link Enter details for the phone number that you want to dial Country region Area code Phone number Connect using y Figure 1 3 Select the port to connect 5 Configure the port selected in the step above as the following Figure 1 4 shown Configure Bits per second as 38400 Data bits as 8 Parity as None Stop bits as 1 Flow control as None and then click OK T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT COM1 Properties Port Settings Bits per second Data bits Parity None Stop bits 1 Flow control Y Restore Defaults Figure 1 4 Port Settings 6 The DOS prompt T3700G 28TQ gt will appear after pressing the Enter button as Figure 1 5 shown It indicates that you can use the CLI now TPLINK HyperTerminal File Edit Yiew Call Transfer Help Dw ZS 08 E 137006 28T0 gt Figure 1 5 Log in the Switch 1 1 2 Configuring the Privileged EXEC Mode Password To configure the switch remotely by a Telnet or SSH connection please set a password for entering the Privileged EXEC Mode through the console connection first Follow the steps in 1 1 1 Logon by a console port to log on to the switch and then follow the steps shown in Figure 1 6 to configure the Privileged EXEC Mode password T3700G 28TQ ROSES deele ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei M EE CTT
20. show snmp server host Description The show snmp server host command is used to display the Host table Syntax show snmp server host Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the Host table T3700G 28TQ show snmp server host show snmp server enginelD Description The show snmp server enginelD command is used to display the enginelD of the SNMP Syntax show snmp server enginelD Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode 253 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Display the enginelD T3700G 28TQ show snmp server enginelD show rmon history Description The show rmon history command is used to display the configuration of the history sample entry Syntax show rmon history index Parameter index The index number of the entry selected to display the configuration ranging from 1 to 12 in the format of 1 3 5 You can select more than one entry for each command By default the configuration of all history sample entries is displayed Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration of all history sample entries T3700G 28TQ show rmon history show rmon event Description The show rmon event command is used to display the configuration of SNMP RMON Event Syntax show rmon event index Parameter index The index number of the entry selected to display the confi
21. 03 00 Europe Last Sunday in March 01 00 Last Sunday in October 01 00 New Zealand Last Sunday in September 02 00 First Sunday in April 03 00 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the DST period of the switch as Europe T3700G 28TQ config system time dst predefined Europe system time dst date Description The system time dst date command is used to specify the DST configuration in Date mode This configuration is one off in use By default the current year is used as the starting time DST time periods should be within 12 months over one two year Syntax system time dst date smonth sday stime syear emonth eday etime eyear offset Parameter smonth Month to start with the options Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec sday Day to start ranging from 1 to 31 Please mind that the number of days depends on the month stime Time to start in the format of hh mm syear Year to start ranging from 2000 to 2099 emonth Month to end with the options Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec eday Day to end ranging from 1 to 31 Please mind that the number of days depends on the month etime Time to end in the format of hh mm eyear Year to end ranging from 2000 to 2099 138 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C offset Specify the time adding
22. Description The show ip pim rp hash command is used to display the hash result of specified multicast group Syntax show ip pim rp hash p addr Parameter ip addr Specify the multicast group address Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the RP hash result of multicast group 224 1 1 2 T3700G 28T Q config show ip pim rp hash 224 1 1 2 331 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 39 Static Multicast Routing Commands Multicast routing table uses the RPF Reverse Path Forwarding mechanism to determine the upstream and downstream neighbors basing on the unicast route and the static multicast route The RPF feature checks the multicast routing entries and ensures the correct forwarding paths of the multicast packets Static multicast routing entry works to change or to connect the RPF routes and provides important basis for the RPF check ip mroute Description The ip mroute command is used to add or modify the static multicast routing entries To delete the specified entry please use no ip mroute command Syntax ip mroute source address mask rpf address y distance no ip mroute source address mask Parameter source address The IP address of the multicast source in the format as 192 168 0 1 mask The mask of the multicast source IP address rpf address The interface of the specified RPF entry distance The
23. SQUICO a ad da 98 Chapter 16 DoS Defend Comida 99 IP GOS PLEVEN E 99 ip dos prevent TEE 99 GN VM le Bee 100 Chapter 17 IEEE 802 1X COMIMAMAS veoh ot ech ee eh es a ek 101 dot1x system auth control nn nn nn in nnn nnn nin nin ei iii ieeeneeenereneeeneres 101 A ue EE 101 dot1x guest vlan global i es ea i eaaa aaa a a 102 Cot x QUISE PEO saii ehe a aa ea ii 103 A EE 103 Ot AX max reauth req 0 eee ener r eran rr rr rrrnrnnnnnne 104 CLOUD cies tates San Ir toria 105 dot1x gouest vlantiintertace nest trt rtre nenret E nErenn err tE E 105 dot1x port control ii AAA A i i A 106 COX POEMA scott a 107 le ICT 107 radius server aCCounmt s sesserrserreerrrerrserrserrrerrrenrserreennsennnenntennrannnannnennnennn annn ennnennn ennaa 108 Gelee ak de ee 109 Show dot1x interface omic dl ide dels 109 show radiUS ACCOUNTING ss aeae naeia aaa Ea iae ea nn enaa Aa a E aaa a SEENA E eta 110 Show radius authentication m e e Mi A en E En T a Sias 110 Chapter 18 System Log Commande cece cece eee e eee e eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 112 JOGGING He EE 112 logging buffer level NEE 112 logging file UE ia Sotelo a del ded an BAR ee tees 113 logging file flash frequency cccceeeececececeeeeeeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeceneaeeeeeeeeseceeccueeeeeeeeseseseennineees 114 logging file flash level sisa aa O aa a A E A RAEE aAa aae 114 lOGGiNg NOSt INDEX eee eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeceeeceeeceeeseeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeesaeeeaeenass 115 C
24. T3700G 28TQ config rmon alarm 1 3 stats index 2 owner owner1 interval 100 rmon statistics Description The rmon statistics command is used to configure the entries of SNMP RMON statistics To delete the corresponding entry please use no rmon statistics command The maximum supported entries are 1000 Syntax rmon statistics index interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port owner owner name status underCreation valid no rmon statistics index Parameter index The index number of the statistics entry ranging from 1 to 65535 in the format of 1 3 5 250 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT port The statistics port number in the format of 1 0 1 owner name The creator of the event entry ranging from 1 to 16 characters By default it is monitor status The status of the statistics entry either underCreation or valid underCreation means this entry won t take effect until it is modified to valid valid means this entry takes effect immediately after it is created Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the statistics entries 1 3 with the statistics port as 1 0 1 owner as owner and status as valid T3700G 28TQ config rmon statistics 1 3 interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 owner owner1 status valid show snmp server Description The show snmp server command is used to
25. The ip rip send version command is used to specify the RIP send version on the desired interface To return to the default configuration please use no rip send version command The interfaces use the global configuration configured with version command before you specify its own RIP send receive version Syntax ip rip send version 1 2 no ip rip send version Parameter 1 2 Specify the RIP send version By default it sends version 1 packets Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the interface VLAN2 to send RIPv2 packets only T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip rip send version 2 348 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT ip rip v2 broadcast Description The ip rip v2 broadcast command is used to configure the desired interface to send RIPv2 packets via broadcast By default interfaces send RIPv2 packets via multicast and the multicast IP address is 224 0 0 9 To return to the default configuration please use no ip rip v2 broadcast command Syntax ip rip v2 broadcast no ip rip v2 broadcast Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the interface VLAN2 to send RIPv2 packets via broadcast T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip rip v2 broadcast ip rip authentication mode Description The ip rip authentication mode command is used to configure the authentication mode of RIP on the desired int
26. XX XX XX XX XX XX descript Give a description to the OUI for identification which contains 16 characters at most Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create a Voice VLAN OUI described as TP Phone with the OUI address 00 11 11 00 00 00 and the mask address FF FF FF 00 00 00 T3700G 28TQ config voice vlan mac address 00 11 11 00 00 00 mask FF FF FF 00 00 00 description TP Phone switchport voice vlan mode Description The switchport voice vlan mode command is used to configure the Voice VLAN mode for the Ethernet port Syntax switchport voice vlan mode manual auto 52 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Parameter manual auto Port mode Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure the Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 3 to operate in the auto voice VLAN mode T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 3 T3700G 28T Q config if switchport voice vlan mode auto switchport voice vian security Description The switchport voice vlan security command is used to enable the Voice VLAN security feature To disable the Voice VLAN security feature please use no switchport voice vlan security command Syntax switchport voice vlan security no switchport
27. clear vrrp statistics Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Clear all the statistics about vrrp on the switch T3700G 28TQ config clear vrrp statistics show vrrp Description This command is used to display the basic configuration information of all the virtual routers or a specified virtual router Syntax show vrrp vrid vrid interface fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port vlan vian id H Parameter vrid The virtual router ID fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet The port type of the interface port The port number vlan id The interface VLAN ID Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the vrrp information of virtual router 4 on interface VLAN 3 T3700G 28TQ config show vrrp vrid 4 interface vlan 3 340 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show vrrp statistics Description This command is used to display the statistics of a virtual router on a specified interface or all the virtual routers on the switch Syntax show vrrp statistics vrid vrid interface fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port vlan vian id H Parameter vrid The virtual router ID fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet The port type of the interface port The port number vlan id The interface VLAN ID Command
28. command Syntax ip igmp snooping no ip igmp snooping Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable IGMP Snooping function T3700G 28TQ config ip igmp snooping ip igmp snooping interface Description The ip igmp snooping command is used to enable the IGMP Snooping function for the desired port To disable the IGMP Snooping function please use no ip igmp snooping command Syntax ip igmp snooping no ip igmp snooping Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet 224 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee EL RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Enable IGMP Snooping function of Gigabit Ethernet port 25 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 23 T3700G 28TQ config if ip igmp snooping ip igmp snooping immediate leave Description The ip igmp snooping immediate leave command is used to configure the Fast Leave function for port To disable the Fast Leave function please use no ip igmp snooping immediate leave command Syntax ip igmp snooping immediate leave no ip igmp snooping immediate leave Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Examp
29. enginelD of the switch To restore to the default setting please use no snmp server enginelD command snmp server enginelD local loca engine D remote remote enginelD y no snmp server enginelD Parameter local Local Engine ID for local clients The Engine ID is a unique alphanumeric string used to identify the SNMP engine on the switch Its length ranges from 10 to 64 hexadecimal characters which must be even number meanwhile remote Remote Engine ID for the switch The Engine ID is a unique alphanumeric string used to identify the SNMP engine on the remote device which receives informs from the switch Its length ranges from 10 to 64 hexadecimal characters which must be even number meanwhile Command Mode Global Configuration Mode 242 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO a 0a M EE CTT Te C Example Specify the local enginelD as 1234567890 and the remote enginelD as abcdef123456 T3700G 28TQ config snmp server enginelD local 1234567890 remote abcdef123456 snmp server traps snmp Description The snmp server traps snmp command is used to enable SNMP standard traps which include four types linkup linkdown warmstart and coldstart To disable the sending of SNMP standard traps please use no snmp server traps snmp command Syntax snmp server traps snmp linkup linkdown warmstart coldstart no snmp server traps snmp linkup linkdown warmstart coldstart Parameter link
30. it is 4 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Ildp timer Specify Hold Multiplier as 5 T3700G 28TQ config lldp hold multiplier 5 Description Syntax The lldp timer command is used to configure the parameters about transmission To return to the default configuration please use no lldp timer command lldp timer tx interval tx interval tx delay tx delay reinit delay reinit delay notify interval notify interval fast count fast count no Ildp timer tx interval tx delay reinit delay notify interval fast count Parameter tx interval Configure the interval for the local device to transmit LLDPDU to its neighbors The value ranges from 5 to 32768 and the default value is 30 seconds tx delay Configure a value from 1 to 8192 in seconds to specify the time for the local device to transmit LLDPDU to its neighbors after changes occur so as to prevent LLDPDU being sent frequently By default it is 2 seconds reinit delay This parameter indicates the amount of delay from when LLDP status becomes disable until re initialization will be attempted The value ranges from 1 to 10 and the default value is 3 notify interval Specify the interval of Trap message which will be sent from local device to network management system The value ranges from 5 to 3600 and the default value is 5 seconds fast count When the port s LLDP state transforms from Disable o
31. notify notify view no snmp server group name smode v1 v2c v3 slev noAuthNoPriv authNoPriv authPriv Parameter name The SNMP Group name ranging from 1 to 16 characters The Group Name Security Model and Security Level compose the identifier of the SNMP Group These three items of the Users in one group should be the same 237 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT smode Security Model with v1 v2c and v3 options They represent SNMP v1 SNMP v2c and SNMP v3 slev The Security Level of SNMP v3 Group There are three options including noAuthNoPriv no authorization and no encryption authNoPriv Cauthorization and no encryption and authPriv authorization and encryption By default the Security Level is noAuthNoPriv There is no need to configure this in SNMP v1 Model and SNMP v2c Model read Read only view The management access is restricted to read only and changes cannot be made to the assigned SNMP View write Write only view The management access is writing only and changes can be made to the assigned SNMP View The View defined both as the Read View and the Write View can be read and modified notify Notify view The management station software can receive trap messages of the assigned SNMP view generated by the Switch s SNMP agent Command Mode Global Configuration mode Example Add group 1 and configure the Security Model as SNMP v3 the
32. single or double quotation marks should be used for example hello world hello world and the words in the quotation marks will be identified as a string Otherwise the words will be identified as several strings 1 43 Parameter Format Some parameters must be entered in special formats which are shown as follows gt gt MAC Address must be entered in the format of xx xx Xx XX XX XX One or several values can be typed for a port list or a vlan list using comma to separate Use a hyphen to designate a range of values for instance 1 3 5 7 indicates choosing 1 3 4 5 7 The port number should format as 1 0 3 meaning unit slot port The unit number represents the unit ID of the switch in the stack The slot number is either 0 or 1 with O representing ports on the front panel and 1 representing the two ports on the Interface Card inserted into the back panel The port number is a variable an actual value must be assigned 21 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 2 User Interface enable Description The enable command is used to access Privileged EXEC Mode from User EXEC Mode Syntax enable Command Mode User EXEC Mode Example If you have set the password to access Privileged EXEC Mode from User EXEC Mode T3700G 28TQ gt enable Enter password T3700G 28TQ enable password Description The enable password command is used to set the password for users to access Privileg
33. 171 storm control broadcast nono nono nn nn nn a nn nn nn EESE cnn nan EAEE aaa E 172 storm control mulliGast cit o et 173 storm controlUniCaS oo dia 174 DA a EEN 175 clear COUNTE Sita aa 175 SHOW interface Status vico cr asas 176 show interface CONE Si A A A A 176 show interface configuration ss sssssssseekt rete ttttttt ttrt ttrt ttt EErEE EEtE EEEE EEEE EASES EEEE E Enere E EEEE Enae 177 show storm COntrol edinen enh Raa oak A as 178 Ge lge Ee e LEE 178 Chapter 24 QoS COMME enge a ed 180 ue EE 180 GOS OSCP EE 181 OS QUEUE COSINA EE 181 GOS q e e eu Ee A A Nieto A ea A das 182 OS QUEUE MOE A A ET 183 Ne Oe elt 184 SNOW GOS COS MAP iii AAA a AA ine 184 SHOW GOS OSCp Map La A ii 185 SNOW qos queue mode eee eee eee ee eee 185 show oos status 186 Chapter 25 Port Mirror Commands 2 2 0 s0eeseeeeee sense nn 187 monitor session destination interface ooooconninnnocicccncccccnnnnononcnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnoninnannnnncnnaninens 187 monitor session source Interface 188 SHOW monitor SESSION 0 0 0 cece eee eee ee eee 189 Chapter 26 Port isolation Commande oooooooncnccccccccccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 190 POr ISOlatl OM eerie o o eel eee tk tc ae ia Natta es 190 Show port jeolaton ner nnnrnnnnnnrs 191 U Ee Ee un Tu Le EE 192 TIME ue CN 192 lee UE 192 PETIOGIG2 amp tise Ee ee Eed 193 Wale EE 194 boldavtglobal eee 194 lee ee 195 Mac acces E aia ie hea ae nn
34. 256 kbps T3700G 28T Q config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 5 T3700G 28T Q config if storm control broadcast 256 storm control multicast Description The storm control multicast command is used to enable the multicast control function To disable the multicast control function please use no storm control multicast command Multicast control function allows the switch to filter multicast in the network If the transmission rate of the multicast packets exceeds the set bandwidth the packets will be automatically discarded to avoid network broadcast storm Syntax storm control multicast rate no storm control multicast Parameter rate Select the bandwidth for receiving multicast packets on the port The packet traffic exceeding the bandwidth will be discarded Range 1 to 1000000 kbps for the gigabit port 1 to 10000000 kbps for the ten gigabit port Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet 173 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE ETT Te Example Enable the multicast control function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 5 and set the bandwidth for receiving multicast packets as 256 kbps T3700G 28TQ config Hinterface gigabitEthernet 1 0 5 T3700G 28TQ config if storm control multicast 256 storm control unicast
35. 28T Q config router timers throttle spf 10 10 timers Isa arrival Description The timers Isa arrival command is used to configure the minimum interval time of the same LSA instances The same LSA instances will be discarded without acknowledgement if their actual arriving interval is smaller than the configured interval To restore to the default value please use the no timers Isa arrival command 360 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax timers Isa arrival milliseconds no timers Isa arrival Parameter milliseconds The minimum interval time of the same LSA instances ranging from O to 600000 milliseconds Its default value is 1000 milliseconds Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure the minimum interval time of the same LSA instances as 2000 milliseconds T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28T Q config router timers Isa arrival 2000 compatible rfc1583 Description The compatible rfc 1583 command is used to configure the OSPF s compatibility for the routing rules in the RFC 1583 To cancel the compatibility please use the no compatible rfc1583 command It is compatible by default Syntax compatible rfc1583 no compatible rfc1583 Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure the OSPF s compatibility for the routing rules in RFC 1583 T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28T Q config router compatible rfc1583 361 T3700G 2
36. 28TQ config show radius authentication 111 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER LE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 18 System Log Commands The log information will record the settings and operation of the switch respectively for you to monitor operation status and diagnose malfunction logging buffer Description The logging buffer command is used to store the system log messages to an internal buffer To disable the log buffer function please use the no logging buffer command Local Log is the system log information saved in the switch It has two output channels that is it can be saved to two different positions log buffer and log flash memory The log buffer indicates the RAM for saving system log and the information in the log buffer can be got by show logging buffer command It will be lost when the switch is restarted Syntax logging buffer no logging buffer Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the system log buffer T3700G 28TQ config logging buffer logging buffer level Description The logging buffer level command is used to configure the severity level and the status of the configuration input to the log buffer To return to the default configuration please use no logging buffer level command Syntax logging buffer level eve no logging buffer level 112 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Parameter level Severity level of the log information output to
37. 3072 bits 2 During the key generation randomly moving the mouse quickly can accelerate the key generation 2 After the key is successfully generated please save the public key and private key to a TFTP server 14 T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te G PullY Key Generator File Key Conversions Help Key Public key for pasting into OpenSSH authorized_keys file ssh tsa BAAABIN ZAC ypc2EAASABIOAAAIBoZaDY siF WsJaScst ht nySwollBimrc4Cl2y 2lS 34 R 4yevi8F vA 4G zxaE CiMMI35wCIhDwDb06b74 9 im ZYIrFL Wi naJOH4SNokrp EmzUSRDSHJwW 8TCx1n3lVnax 7dpu2ePe595UK6euE aT eYWfOvweR2e5T CT DAwbe NQ rsa key 20100120 Key fingerprint ssh tsa 1023 38 cd 9e 14 da b1 6a 9e 2b ff 43 69 e5 47 4 50 Key comment rsa key 20140127 Key passphrase Confirm passphrase Actions Generate a public private key pair Generate Load an existing private key file Load Save the generated key Save public key Save private key Parameters Type of key to generate O SSH 1 RSA SSH 2 RSA O SSH 2 DSA Number of bits in a generated key 1024 Figure 1 20 Save the Generated Key 3 Log on to the switch by the console port and download the public key file from the TFTP server to the switch as the following figure shows TPLINK HyperTerminal File Edit View Call Transfer Help Daw 33m 137006 28TQHtconfig T3700G 28TQ config ip ssh download v2 public i
38. Any Configuration Mode Example Display the information of all the static multicast groups T3700G 28TQ config show ip igmp groups static show ip igmp groups static interface Description The show ip igmp groups static interface command is used to display the information of all the static multicast groups on the specified port Syntax show ip igmp groups static interface fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port detail Parameter fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet Specify the port type port Specify the port number 316 T3700G 28TQ ROSES de Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT detail The detailed information of the static multicast groups Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the detailed information of the static multicast groups on the gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ config show ip igmp groups static interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 detail show ip igmp groups static interface vian Description The show ip igmp groups static interface vlan command is used to display the information of all the dynamic multicast groups on the specified Interface VLAN Syntax show ip igmp groups static interface vlan vian id detail Parameter vlan id Specify the interface VLAN ID detail The detailed information of the dynamic multicast groups Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configurat
39. CIR ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Display the system boot configuration information of all the switches in the stack T3700G 28TQ show boot show cable diagnostics interface Description The show cable diagnostics interface command is used to display the cable diagnostics of the connected Ethernet Port which facilitates you to check the connection status of the cable connected to the Switch locate and diagnose the trouble spot of the network Syntax show cable diagnostics interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The number of the port which is selected for Cable test Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Show the cable diagnostics of Gigabit Ethernet port 20 T3700G 28TQ show cable diagnostics interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 20 show cpu utilization Description The show cpu utilization command is used to display the system s CPU utilization in the last 5 seconds 1minute 5minutes Syntax show cpu utilization unitid 163 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Parameter unitid Specify the unit in the stack whose CPU utilization information will be displayed If not specified the CPU utilization information of all the switches in the stack will be displayed Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the CPU utilization informat
40. Chapter8 Voice VLAN Commande s seannnneeeseeenerrrnnttttrrrrrrrttrrrtrnnnnnn rrn nrerennn 50 VOICE VA AA A A eed E eee ent 50 VOICE MAN AGING exch eis A Ne ee 50 VOICE vlan e EE 51 VOICE VIAN mac address cece EEE EEE ren rr rre rr rrrnnenannnns 52 switchport voice vlan mode il nn nn nnn nnn nnn nnn nn nnn nn nl il i nine 52 switchport voice vlan Security oooooconccccnncnnnononononenononononononononnnonononnnononcnn nero ncnnncnonenineniness 53 SNOW voice MM aa 54 SNOW VOICE VIAN OU cooooocococonoconocononononononcnnnonnnonnnonononnonnnonnnnnnncnnnrnnnnnnnrnnnrnnncnnnnnnnrnnncnnncnnrennnnnnss 54 Show voice ENEE le EE 55 Chapter 9 Private VLAN COmMannGS cerda iii indoor 56 Private Ee Hei e EE 56 private vlan Communffy EEEE E AEAEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE E EEEE E nanne 56 private vlan Iolated 57 private vlan ASSOCIALION ccoo eee AO Cae eae NEE iat 57 switchport private Vlah ii ieser iaiia A A aie ea 58 switchport private vlan bost association 59 switchport private vlan mapping ieena ennari a eaaa e eaea AANE Oa a AE 59 show vlan private vlan 0 0 ceeeeeeeeeee keitin teketeke tekn EEEE EEEE EEEE EE sees sees cae EEEE EEEEEEEE eaaeeaaeaaeeeaeeaaeeaaaeaaes 60 show vlan private vlan interface cccccececceeceeeceeceeeaeeeeeeeeseeeceaeeeeeeeeeesesusaeeeeeeeeeeeeenseneeees 61 Chapter 10 GVRP eau Te Le EE 62 Distinto rara 62 A Ee ET 62 OMPI AMO A At di 63 OUTPUT A A AA At 64 SHOW Gvrp elei 65 Ge Oe Vi
41. Command Mode Global Configuration Mode 261 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Specify Fast Start Count as 5 T3700G 28T Q config Ildp med fast count 5 Ildp med status Description The lldp med status command is used to enable the LLDP MED feature for the corresponding port After the LLDP MED feature is enabled the port s Admin Status will be changed to Tx amp Rx To disable the LLDP MED feature for the corresponding port please use no Ildp med status command Syntax Ildp med status no lldp med status Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the LLDP MED feature for port 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config H interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28T Q config if lldp med status Ildp med tlv select Description The Ildp med tlv select command is used to configure LLDP MED TLVs to be included in outgoing LLDPDU for the corresponding port To exclude LLDP MED TLVs please use no Ildp med tlv select command By default All TLVs are included in outgoing LLDPDU Syntax lldp med tlv select inventory management location network policy power management all no lldp med tiv select inventory management location network policy power management all 262 T3700G 28
42. Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the QoS function T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te r Chapter 25 Port Mirror Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Port Mirror function Chapter 26 Port Isolation Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring Port Isolation function Chapter 27 ACL Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the ACL Access Control List Chapter 28 MSTP Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the MSTP Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol Chapter 29 IGMP Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the IGMP Snooping Internet Group Management Protocol Snooping Chapter 30 SNMP Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol functions Chapter 31 LLDP Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring LLDP function Chapter 32 Cluster Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Cluster Management function Chapter 33 Static Routes Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Static Route function Chatper 34 DHCP Server Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the DHCP Server function Chapter 35 DCHP Relay Commands Provide information abo
43. D tE ACE iii his wi Bee oh ee eee a ee eee 65 Chapter 11 Etherchannel Commande nnsnsssseeenennnnnnneeerrerrr rt nnrtnnnnnnr rrt rnerennne 67 channel group rim arean raaa A a fo 67 port channel load balance oooocccccccccccccnnnconccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnn 68 lee BE E Te acatar es aaaea ai dea Ae br ee daa ee 68 lac p port Priority EE 69 ShoW ethercha Meli at eege S A ES E E E EE 70 show etherchannel oad balance 70 Ale VE EE 71 Du e E RE 71 Chapter 12 User Manage Commands cc ccc eceeeeeseeeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeeeeeteneeeees 72 eet MAING ile lote dea ias 72 user access control phase 73 user access control machbhased ant 73 user access control port based oococcccccccncconcconcnonnnonononononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnennnennncnnns 74 USER MAX NUMDEF 2 tress A dee Machetes ee 75 user idle tiMenut o ooocccnncnnncnoncnonenonnnonononononononnnnnnnnn nono nnn nano nero nero sees sees aaeeaaee sees aaeaaaeeaaeeaaees 75 EIERE EE e a 76 PASSWOMC EE 77 ele UL DEE 77 logintloGal AA NN 78 Show Ser e nl EE 79 SHOW user Confguration cece eeeeeteceeaeeceeeeeeeeeecceeaeeeeeeeeeseeccueeseeeeeeeteseenneaees 79 Chapter 13 Binding Table Commande 80 lee e le ne EE 80 IP ANCP SNOOPING RTE 81 IP GHCpSNOOPING GlOD ET 82 ip dhcp snooping information option 83 ip dhcp snooping information strategy eeseeseseeeteeeeeee erte rttetetttrrn tnte
44. Description The storm control unicast command is used to enable the unicast control function To disable the unicast control function please use no storm control unicast command Unicast control function allows the switch to filter UL frame in the network If the transmission rate of the UL frames exceeds the set bandwidth the packets will be automatically discarded to avoid network broadcast storm Syntax storm control unicast rate no storm control unicast Parameter rate Select the bandwidth for receiving UL Frame on the port The packet traffic exceeding the bandwidth will be discarded Range 1 to 1000000 kbps for the gigabit port 1 to 10000000 kbps for the ten gigabit port Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the unicast control function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 5 and set the bandwidth for receiving UL Frame as 256 kbps T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 5 T3700G 28T Q config if storm control unicast 256 174 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT bandwidth Description The bandwidth command is used to configure the bandwidth limit for an Ethernet port To disable the bandwidth limit please use no bandwidth command Syntax bandwidth ingress ingress rate eg
45. ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT T3700G 28TQ config show bandwidth interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 20 179 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT Chapter 24 QoS Commands QoS Quality of Service function is used to optimize the network performance It provides you with network service experience of a better quality qos Description The qos command is used to configure CoS Class of Service based on port To return to the default configuration please use no qos command Syntax qos cos id no qos Parameter cos id The priority of port It ranges from O to 7 which represent CoSO CoS7 respectively By default the priority is 0 Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet User Guidelines Port priority is one property of the port When the port priority is specified the data will be classified into the egress queue based on the CoS value of the ingress port and the mapping relation between the CoS and TC in IEEE 802 1P Example Configure the priority of port 5 as 3 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 5 T3700G 28TQ config if qos 3 180 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMERA ME MEMENTO lei BRETT qos dscp Description The qos dscp command is used to enable the mapping relation between DSCP Priority and
46. ID is 1200 and add Rule 10 for it In the rule the source IP address is 192 168 0 100 the source IP address mask is 255 255 255 0 the time range for the rule to take effect is tSeg1 and the packets match this rule will be forwarded by the switch T3700G 28TQ config access list create 1200 T3700G 28TQ config access list standard 1200 rule 10 permit sip 192 168 0 100 smask 255 255 255 0 tseg tSeg1 access list extended Description The access list extended command is used to add Extended IP ACL rule To delete the corresponding rule please use no access list extended command Syntax access list extended acl id rule rule id deny permit sip source ip smask source ip mask dip destination ip dmask destination ip mask tseg time segment dscp dscp s port s port d port d port tcpflag tcpflag protocol protocol tos fos pre pre no access list extended acl id rule rule id Parameter acl id The desired Extended IP ACL for configuration rule id The rule ID deny The operation to discard packets permit The operation to forward packets It is the default value source ip The source IP address contained in the rule 197 T3700G 28TQ ROSES de Tee EL TEE ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT rule source ip mask The source IP address mask It is required if you typed the source IP address destination ip The destination IP address contained in the rule destinati
47. Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable MCheck for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28T Q config if spanning tree mcheck show spanning tree active Description The show spanning tree active command is used to display the active information of spanning tree Syntax show spanning tree active Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the active information of spanning tree T3700G 28TQ config show spanning tree active 220 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men mcr show spanning tree bridge Description The show spanning tree bridge command is used to display the bridge parameters Syntax show spanning tree bridge forward time hello time hold count max age max hops mode priority state Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the bridge parameters T3700G 28TQ config show spanning tree bridge show spanning tree interface Description The show spanning tree interface command is used to display the spanning tree information of all ports or a specified port Syntax show spanning tree interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEther
48. Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the statistics of virtual router 4 on interface 3 T3700G 28TQ config show vrrp statistics vrid 4 interface vlan 3 341 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 41 RIP Commands The Routing Information Protocol RIP is an interior gateway protocol IGP created for use in small and homogeneous networks It is a distance vector routing protocol that uses broadcast User Datagram Protocol UDP data packets to exchange routing information router rip Description The router rip command is used to enable the RIP function and enter router configuration mode To disable the RIP function please use no router rip command Syntax router rip no router rip Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the RIP function and enter router configuration mode T3700G 28TQ config router rip T3700G 28T Q config router network Description The network command is used to enable RIP function on interfaces of the desired network To disable the RIP protocol on these interfaces please use no network command Syntax network network number no network network number 342 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men men Parameter network number The network number of the network in the format of 192 168 0 0 Command Mode Router Configuration Mode router rip Example Enable RIP function on interfaces of the network 1
49. Mode Any Configuration Mode Example Return to Global Configuration Mode from Interface Configuration Mode and then return to Privileged EXEC Mode T3700G 28T Q config if exit T3700G 28T Q config exit T3700G 28TQ Description The end command is used to return to Privileged EXEC Mode Syntax end Command Mode Any Configuration Mode Example Return to Privileged EXEC Mode from Interface Configuration Mode T3700G 28T Q config if end 24 T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT history Description The history command is used to show the latest 20 commands you entered in the current mode since the switch is powered Syntax history Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and any Configuration Mode Example Show the commands you have entered in the current mode T3700G 28T Q config history 1 history history clear Description The history clear command is used to clear the commands you have entered in the current mode therefore these commands will not be shown next time you use the history command Syntax history clear Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and any Configuration Mode Example Clear the commands you have entered in the current mode T3700G 28TQ config history clear 25 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER LE ME MEMENTO a 0a M EE ETT Te C Chapter 3 Stack The stack technology is to connect multiple stackable devices through their StackWise ports forming a stack which works as a un
50. Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 4 whose link type is general to VLAN 2 and its egress rule as tagged T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 4 T3700G 28T Q config if switchport mode general T3700G 28T Q config if switchport general allowed vlan 2 tagged 34 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT switchport pvid Description The switchport pvid command is used to configure the PVID for the switch ports To restore the PVID of the specified port as 1 please use the no switchport pvid Syntax switchport pvid vian id Parameter vlan id Specify IEEE 802 1Q VLAN ID ranging from 1 to 4094 Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Specify the PVID of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 3 as 1 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 3 T3700G 28T Q config if switchport pvid 1 show interface switchport Description The show interface switchport command is used to display the information of one or all Ethernet ports Syntax show interface switchport fastEthernet port gigab
51. Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the information of VLAN Mapping entry T3700G 28TQ config show dot1q tunnel mapping show dot1q tunnel interface Description The show dot1q tunnel mapping interface command is used to display the VLAN VPN port type Syntax show dot1q tunnel interface Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the port type of all VLAN VPN ports T3700G 28TQ config show dot1q tunnel interface 49 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Chapter8 Voice VLAN Commands Voice VLANs are configured specially for voice data stream By configuring Voice VLANs and adding the ports with voice devices attached to voice VLANs you can perform QoS related configuration for voice data ensuring the transmission priority of voice data stream and voice quality voice vlan Description The voice vlan command is used to enable Voice VLAN function To disable Voice VLAN function please use no voice vlan command Syntax voice vlan vian id no voice vlan Parameter vlan id Specify IEEE 802 1Q VLAN ID ranging from 2 to 4094 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the Voice VLAN function for VLAN 10 T3700G 28TQ config voice vlan 10 voice vian aging Description The voice vlan aging command is used to set the aging time for a voice VLAN To restore to the default aging time for the Voice VLAN please use n
52. ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C snmp server host Description The snmp server host command is used to add Notification To delete the corresponding Notification please use no snmp server host command With the Notification function enabled the switch can initiatively report to the management station about the important events that occur on the Views which allows the management station to monitor and process the events in time Syntax snmp server host ip udp port user name smode v1 v2c v3 slev noAuthNoPriv authNoPriv authPriv type trap inform H retries retries timeout timeout no snmp server host p user name Parameter ip The IP address of the management Host udp port UDP port which is used to send notifications The UDP port functions with the IP address for the notification sending By default it is 162 user name The User name of the management station smode The Security Model of the management station with v1 v2c and v3 options By default the option is v1 slev The Security Level of SNMP v3 Group There are three options including noAuthNoPriv no authorization and no encryption authNoPriv authorization and no encryption and authPriv authorization and encryption By default the option is noAuthNoPriv type The type of the notifications with trap and inform options Trap indicates traps are sent while inform indicat
53. ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Parameter area id The area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295 cost The cost value It ranges from 1 to 16777214 and the default value is 1 Command Mode Router Configuration Command Example Configure the cost of default summary route sent to Area 1 as 10 T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28TQ config router area 1 default cost 10 area range Description The area range is to configure a summary route To delete this route please use the no area range command By default no route is summarized This command is only used with the ABR to summarize the route information of a certain area The ABR only sends one summarized route of the routes in the aggregated segment to the other areas An area can be configured with multiple summary segments which can be aggregated by OSPF If the no area range command is configured the formally summarized routes will be redistributed Syntax area area id range p address mask cost cost not advertise no area area id range p address mask cost cost not advertise Parameter area id The area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295 ip address The destination of the aggregated route mask The network mask of the aggregated route in the format of dot
54. Security Model and Security Level smode The Security Model of the User with v1 v2c and v3 options By default the option is v1 The Security Model of the User must be the same with that of the Group which the User belongs to slev The Security Level of SNMP v3 Group There are three options including noAuthNoPriv no authorization and no encryption authNoPriv authorization and no encryption and authPriv authorization and encryption By default the option is noAuthNoPriv The Security Level of the User must be the same with that of the Group which the User belongs to cmode The Authentication Mode of the SNMP v3 User with none MD5 and SHA options None indicates no authentication method is used MD indicates the port authentication is performed via HMAC MD5 algorithm and SHA indicates the port authentication is performed via SHA Secure Hash Algorithm SHA authentication mode has a higher security than MD5 mode By default the Authentication Mode is none confirm pwd Authentication Password ranging from 1 to 16 characters emode The Privacy Mode of the SNMP v3 User with none and DES options None indicates no privacy method is used and DES indicates DES encryption method is used By default the Privacy Mode is none encrypt pwd Privacy Password ranging from 1 to 16 characters Command Mode Global Configuration Mode 23
55. T3700G 28T Q config if ip igmpmax groups 100 313 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT T3700 28TQ config if ip igmp max groups action replace show ip igmp profile Description The show ip igmp profile command is used to display the configuration information of all the profiles or a specific profile Syntax show ip igmp profile id Parameter id Specify the ID of the profile Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration information of all profiles T3700G 28TQ config show ip igmp profile show ip igmp groups Description The show ip igmp groups command is used to display the information of all the dynamic multicast groups or the specified multicast group Syntax show ip igmp groups group address detail Parameter group address Specify the multicast group address detail The detailed information of the dynamic multicast groups Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration information of all the dynamic multicast groups 314 T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT T3700G 28TQ config show ip igmp groups show ip igmp groups interface Description The show ip igmp groups interface command is used to display the information of all the dynamic multicast groups on the specified port Syntax show ip igmp groups interface fastEthernet gigabitE
56. T3700G 28TQ config vian private vlan association 4 switchport private vlan Description The switchport private vlan command is used to configure the private VLAN mode for the switchport To invalid the configuration please use no switchport private vlan command Syntax switchport private vlan promiscuous host no switchport private vlan Parameter promiscuous host Configure the private VLAN mode for the switchport Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure Gigabit Ethernet port 3 as host T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 3 T3700G 28T Q config if switchport private vlan host 58 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT switchport private vlan host association Description The switchport private vlan host association command is used to add host type port to private VLAN To remove the port from Private VLAN please use no switchport private vlan host association command Syntax switchport private vlan host association primary_vian_id secondary_vlan_id vlantype no switchport private vlan host association Parameter primary vlan id Primary VLAN ID ranging from 2 to 4094 secondary vlan id Secondary VLAN ID ranging from 2 to 4094 vlantype
57. be saved even the switch is rebooted status Enable or disable the Port Security function for a specified port By default this function is disabled Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable Port Security function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 1 select Static mode as the learn mode and specify the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on this port as 30 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ config if mac address table max mac count max number 30 mode static status enable show mac address table Description The show mac address table command is used to display the information of all address entries show mac address table dynamic static filter Parameter dynamic static filter The type of your desired entry By default all the entries are displayed 130 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the information of all address entries T3700G 28TQ config show mac address table show mac address table aging time Description The show mac address table aging time command is used to display the Aging Time of the MAC address Syntax show mac address
58. can access the specified network source Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the Guest VLAN function for VLAN 5 102 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei M EE CTT Te T3700G 28TQ config dot1x guest vlan 5 dot1x quiet period Description The dot1x quiet period command is used to enable the quiet period function To disable the function please use no dot1x quiet period command Syntax dot1x quiet period time no dot1x quiet period Parameter time The length of the quiet period time If one user s authentication fails its subsequent IEEE 802 1x authentication requests will not be processed during the quiet period time It ranges from 1 to 999 seconds and the default value is 10 seconds Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the quiet period function T3700G 28TQ config dot1x quiet period Enable the quiet period function and set the quiet period as 5 seconds T3700G 28TQ config dot1x quiet period 5 dot1x timeout Description The dot1x timeout command is used to configure the server timeout and the supplicant timeout To restore to the default please use no dot1x timeout command Syntax dot1x timeout server timeout time supplicant timeout time no dot1x timeout server timeout supplicant timeout 103 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Parameter server timeout time The maximum time for the switch to wait for the
59. config vian id static ip Parameter vlan list The ID list of the VLAN desired to modify configuration ranging from 1 to 4094 in the format of 1 3 5 router time Router Port Time Within this time if the switch does not receive IGMP query message from the router port it will consider this port is not a router port any more Router Port Time ranges from 60 to 600 in seconds By default it is 300 seconds member time Member Port Time Within this time if the switch does not receive IGMP report message from the member port it will consider this port is not a member port any more Member Port Time ranges from 60 to 600 in seconds By default it is 260 seconds leave time Leave Time which is the interval between the switch receiving a leave message from a host and the switch removing the host from the 226 T3700G 28TQ BREF Ti de Tee ET ET Cle ME EEN ES lei BRETT multicast groups Leave Time ranges from 1 to 30 in seconds By default it is 1 seconds port Static Router Port which is mainly used in the network with stable topology There are two types of port Fast Ethernet port ranging from 1 to 24 in the format of 1 0 2 Gigabit Ethernet port ranging from 1 4 in the format of 1 0 2 vian id The VLAN ID of the multicast IP ranging from 1 to 4094 ip The static multicast IP address port list The forward port list of the multicast group Command Mode Global Configur
60. decimal notation hello interval The interval of the hello packets ranging from 1 to 65535 seconds and the default value is 10 seconds dead interval The time after which the neighbor becomes invalid It ranges from 1 to 65535 seconds and the default value is 4 times as the hello interval 369 T3700G 28TQ WICH CIR deele ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT rtx interval The retransmission interval of the LSA DD and LSR packets It ranges from 1 to 65535 seconds and the default value is 5 seconds trans delay The LSA transmission delay It ranges from 1 to 65535 seconds and the default value is 1 seconds Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure a virtual link with the transmission area as Area 1 and the ID of the neighboring router on the other endpoint as 1 1 1 1 T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28TQ config router area 1 virtual link 1 1 1 1 area virtual link authentication Description The area virtual link authentication command is used to configure the authentication type of the virtual link The virtual link is not authenticated by default To restore to default value please use the no area virtual link authentication command Syntax area transit area virtual link router id authentication message digest null no area transit area virtual link router id authentication Parameter transit area The transition area ID in the format of an IP a
61. display SNMP configuration globally Syntax show snmp server Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display SNMP configuration globally T3700G 28TQ show snmp server show snmp server view Description The show snmp server view command is used to display the View table Syntax show snmp server view 251 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO men EE ETT Te Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the View table T3700G 28TQ show snmp server view show snmp server group Description The show snmp server group command is used to display the Group table Syntax show snmp server group Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the Group table T3700G 28TQ show snmp server group show snmp server user Description The show snmp server user command is used to display the User table Syntax show snmp server user Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the User table T3700G 28TQ show snmp server user 252 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei M EE ETT Te show snmp server community Description The show snmp server community command is used to display the Community table Syntax show snmp server community Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the Community table T3700G 28TQ show snmp server community
62. enable split horizon function on the desired interface To disable the split horizon function please use no ip rip split horizon command Syntax ip rip split horizon 350 T3700G 28 TQ JetStream 28 Port Gigabit Stackable L3 Managed Switch CLI Guide _ no ip rip split horizon Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Enable split horizon function on the interface VLAN2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip rip split horizon show ip rip Description The show ip rip command is used to display the RIP configurations Syntax show ip rip interface database specify p address mask Parameter interface Display the RIP interface basic information database Display the RIP routing table To display the routing information of a specified RIP interface please specify its IP address and subnet mask ip address The IP address of which you desire to show the routing information mask The subnet mask of which you desire to show the routing information Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the RIP routing information of the network 192 168 1 0 24 T3700G 28TQ config show ip rip database specify 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 351 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Chapter 42 OSPF Commands OSPF is an Interior Gateway Protocol IGP designed expressly for IP networks supporting IP subnet
63. gt Login Mode Firstly configure the Telnet login mode as login and both the connection password and the Privileged EXEC Mode password as 123 in the prompted DOS screen shown in Figure 1 12 TPLINK HyperTerminal File Edit View Call Transfer Help D Ge 3 DH 137006 28T0 gt enable 137006 28T0Hconf ig T13700G 28T0 config Hline vty 0 5 T137006 28T0 config line Hlogin e set login mode set connection T137006 28T0 config line Hpassword 456 password 137006 28T0 config line Hexit 137006 28T0 config H Figure 1 12 Configure login mode Now you can logon by Telnet in login mode 1 Open Telnet then type telnet 192 168 0 1 in the command prompt shown as Figure 1 12 and press the Enter button 10 T3700G 28TQ ROSES TRENES Managed Switch mo Mm Guide nd Delt icrosoft Windows XP Version 5 1 2600 lt C gt Copyright 1985 28061 Microsoft Corp C Documents and Settings Admin gt telnet 192 168 0 1 Figure 1 13 Connecting to the Switch 2 You are prompted to enter the connection password 456 you have set through Console port connection and then you are in User EXEC Mode BR Password T13700G 28T0 gt Figure 1 14 Enter into the User EXEC Mode 3 When entering enable command to access Privileged EXEC Mode you are required to give the password 123 you have set through Console port connection T3700G 28TQ ROSCA Port Gioabt Gtackable e Managed Switch MOM Guide cr Tel
64. in vrid 4 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 3 T3700G 28T Q config if vrrp vrid 4 authentication mode md5 key 123 338 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT vrrp vrid track interface Description This command is used to add tracked interfaces for the virtual router To disable the track function on the specified interface please use no vrrp vrid track interface vlan command Syntax vrrp vrid vrid track interface fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port vlan vian id reduce priority pri no vrrp vrid vrid track interface fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port vlan vian id Parameter vrid The virtual router ID fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet The port type of the interface port The port number vlan id The interface VLAN ID pri The priority decrement for the tracking interface The valid range is 1 254 The default value is 10 Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the tracked interface as vlan2 and the priority decrement as 10 for the tracking interface T3700G 28T Q config interface vlan 3 T3700G 28TQ config if vrrp vrid 4 track interface vlan vian2 reduce priority 10 clear vrrp statistics Description This command is used to clear all the statistics about vrrp on the switch 339 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax
65. is to protect the switch from the malicious MAC address attack by limiting the maximum number of the MAC addresses that can be learned on the port The port with Port Security feature enabled will learned the MAC address dynamically When the learned MAC address number reaches the maximum the port will stop learning Therefore the other devices with the MAC address unlearned can not access to the network via this port Syntax mac address table max mac count max number num mode dynamic static permanent status disable enable no mac address table max mac count max number mode status Parameter num The maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on the port It ranges from 0 to 1024 By default this value is 1024 129 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT dynamic static permanent Learn mode for MAC addresses There are three modes including Dynamic mode Static mode and Permanent mode When Dynamic mode is selected the learned MAC address will be deleted automatically after the aging time When Static mode is selected the learned MAC address will be out of the influence of the aging time and can only be deleted manually The learned entries will be cleared after the switch is rebooted When permanent mode is selected the learned MAC address will be out of the influence of the aging time and can only be deleted manually too However the learned entries will
66. mac address table Interface 132 show mac address table count cc i rr in rn reer rr rr nr rr nr rr cerrar 132 show mac address table address 133 show mac address table van 134 Chapter 22 System Configuration Commande 135 system time manual ue 135 SYSLSMMIAUME NUP acc tive A A dE divans fide dee eege 135 system time dst predefined oooocononnccccocccccnccnoncononncnconcnnoncnnnnncncnncnnoncnnnnnnnnnncnneninnannennnnnnn 137 system lme dst date jee ee AA 138 system time ASUPECUMTING ciar creia een ae 139 MOSM AMG ees desde geen etd 140 eler e 140 CONTACTO oa A 141 AA ANT 142 VII POS EE 143 FEIER Ee ee EE e 144 copy running config Startup CON IY oooooocococcccncccccnnnononcnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnoninnnnnnnncnnnno 144 copy running config backup Config tnne tererrr renn 145 copy running config USer CONFIG ccceceeeeeeeeneceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeecensaeeeeeeeeeseesnseeeeeees 145 copy backup config startup config c cccceceeeeeeeeceeeceeeeeeeceneaeeeeeeeeeeeeensaeeeeeeeeeseeseneeeeeees 146 copy startup config DaCKUP CONTIG ccoconcococococcnccccnonconcncnnnncccnnnnnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanannnnncnnno 146 eege e 1110 EE 147 DOO CON S EE aaa 148 copy backup config Mp a ds 148 copy startup Ccont H EE 149 COPY n User Tee ue EE 150 Copy tftp startup config cccccececeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeteceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeeeeeeeceecnaeeseeeeeteeeeeenaees 151 COPY image tf
67. managing parameter of the static multicast routing entry ranging from O to 255 If the value of the static multicast routing entry is smaller than that of other RPF entries then the static multicast routing entry will take effect The default value is 0 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Add a static multicast routing entry with the source address as 192 168 0 1 mask as 255 255 255 255 rpf address as 192 168 1 1 and distance as 1 T3700G 28TQ config ip mroute 192 168 0 1 255 255 255 255 192 168 1 1 1 332 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show ip mroute static Description The show ip mroute command is used to display all the static multicast routing entries Syntax show ip mroute static Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Displays all the static multicast routing entries T3700G 28TQ config show ip mroute static 333 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 40 VRRP Commands The Virtual Router Redundancy protocol is designed to handle default router failures by providing a scheme to dynamically elect a backup router The driving force was to minimize black hole periods due to the failure of the default gateway router during which all traffic directed towards it is lost until the failure is detected Though static configuration of default routes is popular such an approach is susceptible to a single point of failure when the def
68. men Parameter interval Specify the interval of join prune packet It ranges from 1 to 18724 seconds The default value is 60 seconds Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the interval of join prune packet as100s on vlan interface 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28TQ config if ip pim join prune interval 100 ip pim query interval Description The ip pim query interval command is used to configure the interval of Hello packet To restore to the default value of Hello packet interval please use no ip pim query interval command Syntax ip pim query interval interval no ip pim query interval Parameter interval Specify the interval of Hello packet It ranges from 1 to 18725 seconds and the default is 30 seconds Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the interval of Hello packet of 100s on VLAN interface 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip pim query interval 100 327 T3700G 28TQ WICH CTT ROME RELE ME MEMENTO Mene show ip multicast Description The show ip multicast command is used to display the IP multicast information Syntax show ip multicast Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display ip multicast information T3700G 28TQ config show ip multicast show ip mroute Description The show ip mroute command is used to display the IP multicast routing
69. port or of all Ethernet ports Syntax show gvrp interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number By default the GVRP configuration information of all the Ethernet ports is displayed Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the GVRP configuration information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 T3700G 28TQ config show gvrp interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 Display the GVRP configuration information of all Ethernet ports 65 T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT T3700G 28TQ config show gvrp interface 66 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Chapter 11 Etherchannel Commands Etherchannel Commands are used to configure LAG and LACP function LAG Link Aggregation Group is to combine a number of ports together to make a single high bandwidth data path which can highly extend the bandwidth The bandwidth of the LAG is the sum of bandwidth of its member port LACP Link Aggregation Control Protocol is defined in IEEE802 3ad and enables the dynamic link aggregation and disaggregation by exchanging LACP packets with its partner The switch can dynamically group similarly configured ports into a single logical link which will highly extend the bandwidth and flexibly balance the load channel group Description The channel group command is used to add a port
70. response before resending a request to the server ranging from 1 to 9 in second By default it is 3 seconds supplicant timeout time The maximum time for the switch to wait for the response from supplicant before resending a request to the supplicant ranging from 1 to 9 in second By default it is 3 seconds Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the server s timeout value as 5 seconds T3700G 28T Q config dot1x timeout server timeout 5 dot1x max reauth req Description The dot1x max reauth req command is used to configure the maximum transfer times of the repeated authentication request when the server cannot be connected To restore to the default value please use no dot1x max reauth req command Syntax dot1x max reauth req times no dot1x max reauth req Parameter times The maximum transfer times of the repeated authentication request ranging from 1 to 9 in times By default the value is 3 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the maximum transfer times of the repeated authentication request as 5 T3700G 28TQ config dot1x max reauth req 5 104 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT dot1x Description The dot1x command is used to enable the IEEE 802 1X function for a specified port To disable the IEEE 802 1X function for a specified port please use no dot1x command Syntax dot1x no dot1x Command Mode Interface Configuratio
71. security level as authNoPriv the management access to the assigned View viewDefault as read write besides the trap messages sent by View viewDefault can be received by Management station T3700G 28TQ config snmp server group group1 smode v3 slev authNoPriv read viewDefault write viewDefault notify viewDefault Delete Group group 1 T3700G 28TQ config no snmp server group group1 smode v3 slev authNoPriv snmp server user Description The snmp server user command is used to add User To delete the corresponding User please use no snmp server user command The User in 238 T3700G 28TQ TO CTT de Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO me M EE CTT Te r an SNMP Group can manage the switch via the management station software The User and its Group have the same security level and access right Syntax snmp server user name local remote group name smode v1 v2c v3 slev noAuthNoPriv authNoPriv authPriv H emode none MD5 SHA cpwd confirm pwa emode none DES epwd encrypt pwa no snmp server user name Parameter name User Name ranging from 1 to 16 characters local remote User Type with local and remote options Local indicates that the user is connected to a local SNMP engine while remote indicates that the user is connected to a remote SNMP engine group name The Group Name of the User The User is classified to the corresponding Group according to its Group Name
72. settings of all the members in the stack will be saved as their backup configuration file Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Save unit 1 s current settings as the backup configuration file T3700G 28TQ copy running config backup config 1 copy running config user config Description The copy running config user config command is used to save the current settings as the user defined configuration file Syntax copy running config user config device configfilename Parameter device Specify the unit in the stack whose current settings would be saved as user defined configuration file in the format of unitid for example unit1 If not specified current settings of all the members in the stack will be saved as the user defined configuration file configfilename Specify the name of configuration file with the suffix cho ranging from 1 to 63 characters 145 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Save unit 1 s current settings as my_config cfg T3700G 28TQ copy running config user config unit1 my_config cfg copy backup config startup config Description The backup config startup config command is used to save the backup configuration file as the startup configuration file Syntax copy backup config startup config unit id Parameter unit id Specify the unit in the stack whose backup configuration file would be save
73. specify the DSCP region as 30 and local priority 2 T3700G 28TQ config access list policy action policy1 1200 T3700G 28TQ config action qos remark dscp 30 priority 2 access list bind interface Description The access list bind command is used to bind a policy to a specified port To cancel the bind relation please use no access list bind command Syntax access list bind policy name no access list bind policy name Parameter policy name The name of the policy desired to bind Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Bind policy1 to Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28T Q config if access list bind policy1 access list bind vlan Description The access list bind command is used to bind a policy to a VLAN To cancel the bind relation please use no access list bind command 203 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax access list bind policy name no access list bind policy name Parameter policy name The name of the policy desired to bind Command Mode Interface VLAN Mode Example Bind policy1 to VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config H interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if access list bind policy1 show time range Description The s
74. statistics Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Clear the packet statistics T3700G 28TQ config clear ip dhcp server statistics clear ip dhcp server binding Description The clear ip dhcp server binding command is used to clear the binding information Syntax clear ip dhcp server binding p address Parameter ip address Specify the binding IP address Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Clear all the binding addresses T3700G 28TQ config clear ip dhcp server binding 294 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET LE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 35 DHCP Relay A DHCP Relay is a Layer 3 device that forwards DHCP packets between clients and servers DHCP Relay forward requests and replies between clients and servers when they are not on the same physical subnet ip helper address Description The ip helper address command is used to add DHCP Server address to the Layer 3 interface To delete the server address please use no ip helper address command Syntax ip helper address p address no ip helper address p address Parameter ip address DHCP Server address Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Add DHCP Server address 192 168 2 1 to interface VLAN 1 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 1 T3700G 28TQ config if ip helper address 192 168 2 1 ip dhcp relay information Description The ip dhcp relay inform
75. table Syntax show ip mroute group jp addr source ip addr incoming interface interface id Parameter group p addr Specify the multicast group IP address source p addr Specify the multicast source IP address incoming interface interface id Specify the incoming interface id of the multicast group Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display all IP multicast routing entries T3700G 28TQ config show ip mroute 328 T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show ip pim interface Description The show ip pim interface command is used to display the specified PIM interface information Using the show ip pim interface command without parameters displays the detailed information of all the PIM interfaces Syntax show ip pim interface fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port loopback id vlan vian id Parameter fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet The port type of the interface port The port number id The interface loopback ID vian id The interface VLAN ID ranging from 1 to 4094 Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the information of all PIM interfaces T3700G 28TQ config show ip pim interface show ip pim neighbor Description The show ip pim neighbor command is used to display PIM neighbor information Synt
76. table aging time Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the Aging Time of the MAC address T3700G 28TQ config show mac address table aging time show mac address table max mac count Description The show mac address table max mac count interface command is used to display the security configuration of an Ethernet port or of all Fast Gigabit ten Gigabit Ethernet ports Syntax show mac address table max mac count all interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter all Displays the security information of all the Fast Gigabit ten Gigabit Ethernet ports port The Fast Gigabit ten Gigabit Ethernet port number 131 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the security configuration of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 20 T3700G 28TQ config show mac address table max mac count interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 20 show mac address table interface Description The show mac address table interface command is used to display the address configuration of an Ethernet port Syntax show mac address table interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Fast Gigabit ten Gigabit Ethernet port number Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display th
77. testing It ranges from 1 to 10 By default this value is 4 count The size of the sending data during ping testing It ranges from 1 to 1024 bytes By default this value is 64 i count The interval to send ICMP request packets It ranges from 100 to 1000 milliseconds By default this value is 1000 Command Mode User EXEC Mode and Privileged EXEC Mode Example To test the connectivity between the switch and the network device with the IP 192 168 0 131 please specify the count l as 512 bytes and count i as 1000 milliseconds If there is not any response after 8 times Ping test the connection between the switch and the network device is failed to establish T3700G 28TQ ping 192 168 0 131 n 8 1 512 tracert Description The tracert command is used to test the connectivity of the gateways during its journey from the source to destination of the test data 156 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax tracert p_addr w waitTime h maxHops Parameter ip_addr The IP address of the destination device waitTime The maximum time for the test data to wait before timeout It ranges from 1 to 10000ms maxHops The maximum number of the route hops the test data can pass though It ranges from 1 to 30 By default this value is 4 Command Mode User EXEC Mode and Privileged EXEC Mode Example Test the connectivity between the switch and the n
78. the switch to the TFTP server 152 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax copy image device imagename tftp target ip address p addr filename name Parameter device Specify the unit in the stack from which the image file is uploaded in the format of unitid for example unit1 If not specified the image files of all members in the stack will be uploaded imagename Specify the name of the image file to be uploaded either Image bim or image2 bin ip addr IP address of the TFTP server name Name of the uploaded image file stored in the TFTP server The suffix bin is not included Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Upload the unit1 Image bin files to the TFTP server with the IP 192 168 0 148 and name it as image bin T3700G 28TQ copy image unit1 image1 bin tftp target ip address 192 168 0 148 filename image copy image Description The copy command is used to copy and save the image files inside the stack system Syntax copy image src_device src_imagename dst_device H dst_imagename Parameter src_device Specify the member s unit in the stack from which the image file would be copied in the format of unitid for example unit1 If not specified the image file of the current switch will be copied src_imagename Specify the name of the source image file 153 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME ME
79. the default configurations please use no spanning tree mode command Syntax spanning tree mode stp rstp mstp no spanning tree mode Parameter stp Spanning Tree Protocol the default value rstp Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol mstp Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the spanning tree mode as mstp T3700G 28TQ config spanning tree mode mstp 209 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO men metro spanning tree mst configuration Description The spanning tree mst configuration command is used to access MST Configuration Mode from Global Configuration Mode as to configure the VLAN Instance mapping region name and revision level To return to the default configuration of the corresponding Instance please use no spanning tree mst configuration command Syntax spanning tree mst configuration no spanning tree mst configuration Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enter into the MST Configuration Mode T3700G 28TQ config spanning tree mst configuration instance Description The instance command is used to configure the VLAN Instance mapping To remove the VLAN instance mapping or disable the corresponding instance please use no instance command When an instance is disabled the related mapping VLANs will be removed Syntax instance instance id vlan vlan id no instance instance id vlan vlan id Parameters instance id
80. the stack unit id Specify the unit in the stack to which the configuration file would be downloaded If not specified the corresponding configuration files will be downloaded to all the members in the stack as their backup configuration file Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode 150 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Download the configuration file named as config_unitid to the corresponding switches in the stack as their backup configruration file from TFTP server with the IP 192 168 0 148 T3700G 28TQ copy tftp backup config ip address 192 168 0 148 filename config copy tftp startup config Description The copy tftp startup config command is used to download the configuration file from the TFTP server to the switch as the startup configuration file Syntax copy tftp startup config ip address p addr filename name unit id Parameter ip addr IP address of the TFTP server name Specify the name of the configuration file which would be downloaded The configuration file with the name name_unitid cfg will be downloaded to the switch with corresponding unit ID in the stack unit id Specify the unit in the stack to which the configuration file would be downloaded If not specified the corresponding configuration files will be downloaded to all the members in the stack as their startup configuration file Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Down
81. to the EtherChannel Group and configure its mode To delete the port from the EtherChannel Group please use no channel group command Syntax channel group num mode on active passive no channel group Parameter num The number of the EtherChannel Group ranging from 1 to 32 on Enable the static LAG active Enable the active LACP mode passive Enable the passive LACH mode Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Add the Gigabit Ethernet port 2 4 to EtherChannel Group 1 and enable the static LAG 67 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT T3700G 28TQ config Hinterface range gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 4 T3700G 28T Q config if range channel group 1 mode on port channel load balance Description The port channel load balance command is used to configure the Aggregate Arithmetic for LAG To return to the default configurations please use no port channel load balance command Syntax port channel load balance src dst mac src dst ip no port channel load balance Parameter src dst mac The source and destination MAC address When this option is selected the Aggregate Arithmetic will be based on the source and destination MAC addresses of the packets The Aggregate Arith
82. tttttrtr tnne ttreerrr nnne nenene 83 ip dhcp snooping information user defined 84 ip dhcp snooping information remote jd rner trrerern rner eere ne 84 ip dhcp snooping information Circuit id oooconnnccoccccnnnncnnconononnnononnnncnnrnnnnnnnnnnoncnnnnnnnnnnnonennns 85 IPN SMOOPINGMPUS Ts doler ieee ee 86 ip dhcp snooping mac verify 2 eee eee ee cece ce cece ee eeeeeee cnet eeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeseeceesaaeeseeeeesesenseneeeeeeeess 86 Ip dhcp shooping limit rates ersinnen daran DEE AA EEEE naait 87 Ip dhep Snooping DeCS EE 88 Neie Source ue Une EE 88 SNOW IPTANCP2SMOOPING desirte A S dotada 89 show ip dhcp snooping Interface 89 Chapter 14 ARP Inspection Commande 91 ip arp INSPECtiON GlODAl we iscsi a EE 91 ip arp LOS beer re A ee AE ety in aie EE ge 91 ip arp inspection interface oooooccnoncnccocooccccncccnnnannnnncnnnnnnnonnnnonncnnnncnnoncnnnnnnnnnncncincnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 92 ip arp inspection Imtt rote sees nononnnonnconnnnnncnnnnonnnnnnnnnnos 93 ip arp inspection recover AE 93 Show ip arp INSPOCUOMN ecc tie 94 show ip arp inspection interface ccccccceceeeeeeecenaeeeceeeeeeeceeceeaeeeseeeeeeeccasaeeeeeeeesesennneneeees 94 show ip arp inspection statistics oooooocoonconnconoconaconaconononononnnonoconoconononononnnonnnonononnconnnonnnonnnnnns 95 Clear ip arp INSPECtlON SlAtISUICS wis psi fetid tt 95 Chapter 15 IP Verify Source Commande 97 IP Verify SOUNCE eeh Een eise a A ida 97 SHOW Ip Verify
83. vian vlan list no vlan vlan list Parameter vlan list VLAN ID list ranging from 2 to 4094 in the format of 2 3 5 It is multi optional Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create VLAN 2 10 and VLAN 100 T3700G 28TQ config vlan 2 10 100 Delete VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config no vlan 2 30 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei M EE CTT Te interface vian Description The interface vlan command is used to create VLAN Interface hereafter to access to Interface VLAN Mode Syntax interface vlan vian id no interface vlan vian id Parameter vlan id Specify IEEE 802 1Q VLAN ID ranging from 1 to 4094 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create VLAN Interface 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 name Description The name command is used to assign a description string to a VLAN To clear the description please use no name command Syntax name descript no name Parameter descript String to describe the VLAN which contains 16 characters at most Command Mode VLAN Configuration Mode VLAN 31 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei M EE CTT Te Example Specify the description string of the VLAN 2 as VLANOO02 T3700G 28TQ config vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config vian name VLANOO2 switchport mode Description The switchport mode command is used to configure the Link Types for the ports Syntax switchport mode access trunk general
84. vlan community command Syntax private vlan community no private vlan community 56 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode VLAN Configuration Mode VLAN Example Configure the VLAN 4 as the community VLAN of the private VLAN T3700G 28TQ config vlan 4 T3700G 28TQ config vlan Hprivate vlan community private vlan isolated Description The private vlan isolated command is used to configure the designated VLAN as the isolated VLAN of the Private VLAN To abolish the currently isolated VLAN please use no private vlan isolated command Syntax private vlan isolated no private vlan isolated Command Mode VLAN Configuration Mode VLAN Example Configure the VLAN 3 as the isolated VLAN of the private VLAN T3700G 28TQ config vlan 3 T3700G 28TQ config vlan Hprivate vlan isolated private vlan association Description The private vlan association command is used to associate primary VLAN with secondary VLAN To exterminate the currently association please use no private vlan association command Syntax private vlan association vian_list 57 LEO JetStream 28 Port Gigabit Stackable L3 Managed Switch CLI Guide _ no private vlan association vian_list Parameter vlan_list Secondary VLAN ID ranging from 2 to 4094 Command Mode VLAN Configuration Mode VLAN Example Associate primary VLAN 3 with community VLAN 4 as a private VLAN T3700G 28T Q config vlan 3
85. 0 seconds T3700G 28T Q config router rip T3700G 28T Q config router timer basic update 80 distance Description The distance command is used to configure the distance for RIP routes Syntax distance distance Parameter distance Set the administrative distance for RIP ranging from 1 to 255 By default It is 120 344 T3700G 28 TQ JetStream 28 Port Gigabit Stackable L3 Managed Switch CLI Guide _ Command Mode Router Configuration Mode router rip Example Configure the administrative distance of RIP as 20 T3700G 28T Q config router rip T3700G 28T Q config router distance 20 auto summary Description The auto summary command is used to enable the Auto Summary mode for RIPv2 In Auto Summary mode groups of adjacent routes will be summarized into single entries in order to reduce the total number of entries To disable the Auto Summary mode please use no auto summary command Syntax auto summary no auto summary Command Mode Router Configuration Mode router rip Example Configure the RIP version as RIPv2 and disable its Auto Summary mode T3700G 28TQ config router rip T3700G 28T Q config router version 2 T3700G 28TQ config router no auto summary default metric Description The default metric command is used to configure the default metric of redistributed routes If a router runs RIP and other routing protocols you can configure RIP to redistribute external routes To return to th
86. 00G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT any optional parameters To restore the certain parameters to default values please use the no area nssa command with corresponding parameters Syntax area area id nssa no redistribution no summary default information originate metric cost metric type type no area area id nssa no redistribution no summary default information originate metric cost metric type type Parameter area id The area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295 no redistribution Select to not import routes into the NSSA no summary Select to not send summary LSAs into the NSSA default information originate Select on an ABR to allow importing default route as type 7 LSAs into the NSSA cost The default route cost with the default value as 1 It ranges from 1 to 16777214 type The default route type with the default value as 2 It is either 1 or 2 Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure Area 1 as a total NSSA area T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28T Q config router area 1 nssa no summary area default cost Description The area default cost command is to configure the cost of default summary route sent from ABR to STUB or NSSA area Syntax area area id default cost cost no area area id default cost 367 T3700G 28TQ
87. 05 00 TimeZone for Eastern Time US Canada UTC 04 30 TimeZone for Caracas UTC 04 00 TimeZone for Atlantic Time Canada UTC 03 30 TimeZone for Newfoundland UTC 03 00 TimeZone for Buenos Aires Salvador Brasilia UTC 02 00 TimeZone for Mid Atlantic UTC 01 00 TimeZone for Azores Cape Verde Is UTC TimeZone for Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London UTC 01 00 TimeZone for Amsterdam Berlin Bern Rome Stockholm Vienna UTC 02 00 TimeZone for Cairo Athens Bucharest Amman Beirut Jerusalem UTC 03 00 TimeZone for Kuwait Riyadh Baghdad UTC 03 30 TimeZone for Tehran UTC 04 00 TimeZone for Moscow St Petersburg Volgograd Tbilisi Port Louis UTC 04 30 TimeZone for Kabul UTC 05 00 TimeZone for Islamabad Karachi Tashkent UTC 05 30 TimeZone for Chennai Kolkata Mumbai New Delhi UTC 05 45 TimeZone for Kathmandu UTC 06 00 TimeZone for Dhaka Astana Ekaterinburg UTC 06 30 TimeZone for Yangon Rangoon UTC 07 00 TimeZone for Novosibirsk Bangkok Hanoi Jakarta 136 T3700G 28TQ ROSES a ami er l limes LE ME EEN MB WZ men EE CTT Te r UTC 08 00 TimeZone for Beijing Chongqing Hong Kong Urumgaj Singapore UTC 09 00 TimeZone for Seoul Irkutsk Osaka Sapporo Tokyo UTC 09 30 TimeZone for Darwin Adelaide UTC 10 00 TimeZone for Canberra M
88. 0G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te r Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Enable PIM dense mode on interface VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip pim dense mode ip pim sg expiry timer Description The ip pim sg expiry timer command is used to specify the expiry time for routing entries To restore to the default timer please use no ip pim sg expiry timer command Syntax ip pim sg expiry timer timer no pim sg expiry timer Parameter timer The expiry time for the routing entries It ranges from 60 to 65535 seconds and the default value is 210 seconds Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the expiry time for the routing entries as 60s T3700G 28TQ config ip pim sg expiry timer 60 ip pim spt threshold infinity Description The ip pim spt threshold infinity command is used to configure all the sources for the specified group to use the shared tree never switching to the source tree To enable the leaf router to switch to the source tree as soon as it receives the first multicast data packet please use the no ip pim spt threshold infinity command 322 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax ip pim spt threshold infinity no ip pim spt threshold infinity Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure all the sources never switch to the source tree T3700G 28TQ config ip pim spt t
89. 340 SNOW VITP StatiStiCS tenidas 341 Chapter 41 RIP CommandS ui Ad ds 342 OU TP EE 342 WEN TEE 342 VOrSlON sean wanes A AA A ne a 343 Wl ege 344 ASAS da da de 344 AMM A ds 345 Gefaullt MetriCn ii ida 345 PECISUIDUTE tech e eos AO orca a AN A 346 EN IS 347 IP rip receive version ccceeeceeeceeeceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeseeaeesaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaaenaaes 347 PAP Send Ve SOM asias a diendo at 348 ele WE ee CS ui A ea eee 349 ip rip authentication MOde AAA 349 PAP Neie 350 IP FIP Eelere NEE 350 Deier TIP AA ia 351 Chapter 42 OSPF Commands cooccccncccccccncnonnnnccnnncncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnss 352 ele EE 352 elt E WEE 352 DIS H eege Aen e dE eege E Meese Ranson EEE E EAE 353 SUMMARY SEET dee A A rasan vent aaa 354 MAXIMUIM DAUNS suomi od 355 e Er le 356 Aetault methiCes 0 ia 357 default information originate ooooooccnnndononicoooccccccccnncnnonnonnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnennonannnnnnnnnnnnnanannennnes 357 AULOSCOST A O 358 SAN Co 359 timers throttle Pd ii A A nn el ee ae Wenge 360 UMSS ASA AMV A A a A An 360 compatible Me1583 ET 361 Ee 362 ENANA 362 passive interface deiault tetette t EEEn EEEEetEEEEEEEESE EEEE EEEE Eneee renn Enea 363 We RE 364 area des CPI eta aie ahd each aed aah 364 area AUINENUICATION a idee Rae ate ra 365 ARCA SUUD a e E ah eat een te a ec ett 366 AFCA E E eiser ee A Ehe tekt E IAEA TA E VEEN N E E 366 area default tinas cats baldas 367 AORTA i
90. 3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT redirect interface Description The redirect interface command is used to configure Direction function of policy action for specified ports Syntax redirect interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Destination Port of Redirect The data packets matching the corresponding ACL will be forwarded to the specific port By default it is All Ports Command Mode Action Configuration Mode Example Edit the actions for policy1 Forward the data packets matching ACL 1200 in the policy to Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config access list policy action policy1 1200 T3700G 28T Q config action redirect interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 s condition Description The s condition command is used to configure Stream Condition function of policy action Syntax s condition rate rate osd none discard Parameter rate The rate of Stream Condition ranging from 0 to 10000000kbps osd Out of Band disposal of Stream Condition It is the disposal way of the data packets those are transmitted beyond the rate There are two options none and discard By default the option is none Command Mode Action Configuration Mode 201 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Edit the actions for policy1 For the data packets matching ACL 1200 in the policy if the r
91. 5 characters at most acct pri jo The IP address of the accounting server acct sec ip The IP address of the alternative accounting server acct port port The UDP port of accounting server s ranging from 1 to 65535 The default value is 1813 acct key keyvalue The shared password for the switch and the accounting servers to exchange messages which contains 15 characters at most Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the IP address of the accounting server as 10 20 1 100 and password as tplink T3700G 28TQ config fradius auth pri 10 20 1 100 auth key tplink radius server account Description The radius server account command is used to enable the accounting feature To disable the accounting feature please use no radius server account command Syntax radius server account no radius server account 108 1370062870 JetStream 28 Port Gigabit Stackable L3 Managed Switch CLI Guide _ Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the accounting feature T3700G 28TQ config radius server account show dot1x global Description The show dot1x global command is used to display the global configuration of 801 X Syntax show dot1x global Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration of 801 X globally T3700G 28TQ config show dot1x global show dot1x interface Description The show dot1x inter
92. 700G 28TQ config show interface vlan 2 281 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show ip interface Description This show ip interface command is used to display the detailed information of the specified Layer 3 interface Syntax show ip interface fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port loopback id vlan vian id y Parameter fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet The port type of the interface port The port number id The loopback interface ID vian id The VLAN interface ID Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the detailed information of the VLAN interface 2 T3700G 28TQ config show ip interface vlan 2 show ip interface brief Description This show ip interface brief command is used to display the summary information of the Layer 3 interfaces Syntax show ip interface brief Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the summary information of the Layer 3 interfaces T3700G 28TQ config show ip interface brief 282 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show ip route Description This show ip route command is used to display the route entries of the specified type Syntax show ip route static connected rip ospf Parameter static connected rip ospf Specify the route type static The static routes co
93. 73 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men mcr Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the retransmission interval of interface VLAN 2 as 10 seconds T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip ospf retransmit interval 10 ip ospf transmit delay Description The ip ospf transmit delay is used to configure the transmission delay of LSA on the specified interface To restore to default value please use the no ip ospf transmit delay Syntax ip ospf transmit delay delay no ip ospf transmit delay Parameter delay The LSA transmission delay ranging from 1 to 65535 seconds The default value is 1 second Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the LSA transmission delay of interface VLAN 2 as 2 seconds T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28TQ config if ip ospf retransmit delay 2 ip ospf priority Description The ip ospf priority is used to configure the priority of the specified interface To restore to the default value please use the no ip ospf priority command 374 T3700G 28 TQ JetStream 28 Port Gigabit Stackable L3 Managed Switch CLI Guide _ Syntax ip ospf priority pri no ip ospf priority Parameter pri The priority of the interface ranging from O to 255 and the default value is 1 Interface with the priority O can not be elected as DR or BDR Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure t
94. 79 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Chapter 13 Binding Table Commands You can bind the IP address MAC address VLAN and the connected Port number of the Host together which can be the condition for the ARP Inspection and IP verify source to filter the packets ip source binding Description The ip source binding command is used to bind the IP address MAC address VLAN ID and the Port number together manually You can manually bind the IP address MAC address VLAN ID and the Port number together in the condition that you have got the related information of the Hosts in the LAN To delete the IP MAC VID PORT entry from the binding table please use no ip source binding index command Syntax ip source binding hostname ip addr mac addr vlan vian id interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port none arp detection ip verify source both forced source arp scanning dhcp snooping no ip source binding unit unit id index idx Parameter hostname The Host Name which contains 20 characters at most ip addr The IP address of the Host mac addr The MAC address of the Host vlan id The VLAN ID needed to be bound ranging from 1 to 4094 port The number of port connected to the Host none arp detection ip verify source both The protect type for the entry arp detection indicates ARP detection ip verify sou
95. 87 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax show ip ospf process id area area id neighbor detail interface name interface number Parameter process id The process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 area id The area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295 detail The detailed information of the neighbor interface name interface number Specify the interface name and number to display the detailed neighbor s information on this interface Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the summary information of the neighbors of Area 0 in process1 T3700G 28TQ show ip ospf 1 area 0 neighbor show ip ospf area request list Description The show ip ospf area request list command is used to display the LSA request list of the specified area Syntax show ip ospf process id area area id request list interface name interface number neighbor id Parameter process id The process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 area id The area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295 interface name interface number Specify the interface name and number to display the LSA request list on this interface neighbor id Specify neighbor router ID to display the LSA request list on this neighbor 388
96. 8TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT passive interface Description The passive interface command is used to prevent an interface from sending OSPF packets To restore to the default settings please use no passive interface command The interface is allowed to send OSPF packets by default Syntax passive interface fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port loopback id vlan vian id no passive interface fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port loopback id vlan vian id Parameter fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet The port type of the interface port The port number id The interface loopback ID vlan id The interface VLAN ID Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Prevent interface VLAN 1 from sending OSPF packets in routing process 1 T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28TQ config router passive interface vlan 1 passive interface range Description The passive interface range command is used to prevent several interfaces from sending OSPF packets To restore to the default settings please use no passive interface command The interfaces are allowed to send OSPF packets by default 362 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax passive interface range fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port list loopback d list vlan vlan list no passiv
97. 9 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Add Local User admin to Group group2 and configure the Security Model of the user as v3 the Security Level of the group as authPriv the Authentication Mode of the user as MD5 the Authentication Password as 11111 the Privacy Mode as DES and the Privacy Password as 22222 T3700G 28TQ config snmp server user admin local group2 smode v3 slev authPriv cmode MD5 cpwd 11111 emode DES epwd 22222 snmp server community Description The snmp server community command is used to add Community To delete the corresponding Community please use no snmp server community command SNMP v1 and SNMP v2c adopt community name authentication The community name can limit access to the SNMP agent from SNMP network management station functioning as a password Syntax snmp server community name read only read write mib view no snmp server community name Parameter name Community Name ranging from 1 to 16 characters read only read write The access rights of the community with read only and read write options mib view The MIB View for the community to access By default it is viewDefault Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Add community public and the community has read write management right to View viewDefault T3700G 28TQ config snmp server community public read write viewDefault 240 T3700G 28TQ ROSES
98. 92 168 0 0 T3700G 28T Q config router rip T3700G 28TQ config router network 192 168 0 0 version Description The version command is used to specify the RIP version globally By default the switch sends RIPv1 packets and receives both RIPv1 and RIPv2 packets To return to the default configuration please use no version command Syntax version 1 2 no version Parameter 1 Send and receive RIPv1 packets 2 Send and receive RIPv2 packets Command Mode Router Configuration Mode router rip Example Specify the RIP version as RIPv2 T3700G 28T Q config router rip T3700G 28T Q config router version 2 343 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te r timer basic Description The timer basic command is used to configure the RIP protocol timers Syntax timer basic update update value timeout timeout value garbage collect garbage collect value Parameter update value Specify the interval between route updates ranging from 1 to 100 in seconds By default it is 30 seconds timeout value Specify the route aging time ranging from 1 to 300 in seconds By default it is 180 seconds garbage collect value Specify the interval between the routing entry is invalidated or marked as unreachable and is removed from the routing table By default it is 120 seconds Command Mode Router Configuration Mode router rip Example Configure the update timer as 8
99. AC based VLAN take effect To disable the MAC based VLAN function please use no mac vlan command All the ports are disabled by default Syntax mac vlan no mac vlan Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 3 for the MAC based VLAN feature T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 3 T3700G 28T Q config if mac vlan show mac vlan Description The show mac vlan command is used to display the information of the MAC based VLAN entry MAC address and VLAN ID can be used to filter the displayed information Syntax show mac vlan all mac address mac adar vlan vian id y Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Parameter mac addr MAC address in the format of XX XX XX XX XX XX 39 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee EL RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT vlan id Specify IEEE 802 1Q VLAN ID ranging from 1 to 4094 Example Display the information of all the MAC based VLAN entry T3700G 28TQ config show mac vlan all show mac vlan interface Description The show mac vlan interface command is used to display the port state of MAC based VLAN Syntax show mac vlan interface Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example
100. Any client connected to the port should pass the 802 1X authentication for access port based All the clients connected to the port can access the network on the condition that any one of the clients has passed the 802 1X Authentication Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure the Control Type for Gigabit Ethernet port 20 as port based T3700G 28TQ config Hinterface gigabitEthernet 1 0 20 T3700G 28T Q config if dot1x port method port based radius Description The radius command is used to configure the parameters of radius Syntax radius auth pri ip auth sec jp auth port port auth key keyvalue acct pri ip acct sec ip acct port port acct key keyvalue 107 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT no radius auth port auth key auth pri auth sec acct port acct key acct pri acct sec Parameter auth pri jo The IP address of the authentication server auth sec ip The IP address of the alternative authentication server auth port port The UDP port of authentication server s ranging from 1 to 65535 The default value is 1812 auth key keyvalue The shared password for the switch and the authentication servers to exchange messages which contains 1
101. By default the Image bim is the startup image and the image2 bin is the backup image startup backup Specify the property of the image either startup image or backup image unitid Specify the unit in the stack whose image file would be configured If not specified image files of all the members in the stack will be configured Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the image2 bin as the startup image in all the switches in the stack T3700G 28TQ config boot application filename image2 startup 147 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te r boot config Description The boot config command is used to configure the property of the system configuration file Syntax boot config filename filename startup backup none unitid no boot config Parameter filename Specify the name of the configuration file to be configured The suffix cfg is not included and the length is between 1 and 59 characters By default the startup configuration file is config1 cfg and the backup configuration file is config2 cfg startup backup none Specify the property of configuration file startup represents the startup configuration file and backup represents the backup configuration file while none means to clear the property of the specified configuration file unitid Specify the unit in the stack whose configuration file would
102. C Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the detailed information of VLAN 2 10 T3700G 28TQ config show vlan id 2 10 37 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Chapter5 MAC based VLAN Commands MAC VLAN Virtual Local Area Network is the way to classify the VLANs based on MAC Address A MAC address is relative to a single VLAN ID The untagged packets and the priority tagged packets coming from the MAC address will be tagged with this VLAN ID mac vlan mac address Description The mac vlan mac address command is used to create a MAC based VLAN entry To delete a MAC based VLAN entry please use the no mac vlan mac address command Syntax mac vlan mac address mac adadr vlan vlan id description descript no mac vlan mac address mac addr Parameter mac addr MAC address in the format of XX XX XX XX XX XX vlan id Specify IEEE 802 1Q VLAN ID ranging from 1 to 4094 descript Give a description to the MAC address for identification which contains 8 characters at most Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create VLAN 2 named TP and the MAC address is 00 11 11 01 01 12 T3700G 28TQ config mac vlan mac address 00 11 11 01 01 12 vlan 2 description TP 38 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO Mene mac vlan Description The mac vlan command is used to enable a port for the MAC based VLAN feature Only the port is enabled can the configured M
103. CLI Command Modes Chapter 3 Stack Provide information about the commands used for configuring stack Chapter 4 IEEE 802 1Q VLAN Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring IEEE 802 1Q VLAN Chapter 5 MAC based VLAN Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring MAC based VLAN Chapter 6 Protocol VLAN Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring Protocol VLAN Chapter 7 VLAN VPN Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring VLAN VPN Virtual Private Network function Chapter 8 Voice VLAN Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring Voice VLAN Chapter 9 Private VLAN Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring Private VLAN Chapter 10 GVRP Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring GVRP GARP VLAN registration protocol Chapter 11 EtherChannel Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring LAG Link Aggregation Group and LACP Link Aggregation Control Protocol T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te r Chapter 12 User Manage Commands Provide information about the commands used for user management Chapter 13 Binding Table Commands Provide information about the commands used for binding the IP address MAC address VLAN and the connected Port number of the Host together Chapter 14 ARP Inspection Commands
104. CTT Te C Example Specify the ten gigabit port 1 1 2 as stack port when the Interface Card is installed T3700G 28TQ config switch stack port interface ten gigabitEthernet 1 1 2 show switch Description The show switch command is used to display the current stack s information Syntax show switch unitid detail neighbor stack ports Parameter unitid Specify the member number detail Display the detailed information of the stack including stack member stack port and neighboring information neighbor Display the information of the stack neighbor stack ports Display the information of the stack ports Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and any Configuration Mode Example Display the detailed information of the current stack T3700G 28TQ config show switch detail 29 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET LE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 4 IEEE 802 1Q VLAN Commands VLAN Virtual Local Area Network technology is developed for the switch to divide the LAN into multiple logical LANs flexibly Hosts in the same VLAN can communicate with each other regardless of their physical locations VLAN can enhance performance by conserving bandwidth and improve security by limiting traffic to specific domains vian Description The vlan command is used to create IEEE 802 1Q VLAN hereafter to access to VLAN Configuration Mode To delete the IEEE 802 1Q VLAN please use no vlan command Syntax
105. CoSO to CoS7 respectively 182 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men Metro Command Mode Global Configuration Mode User Guidelines 1 By default the mapping relation between tag and the CoS Priority is 0 7 CoS0 8 15 CoS1 16 23 CoS2 24 31 CoS3 32 39 CoS4 40 47 CoS5 48 55 CoS6 56 63 CoS7 2 Among the priority levels CoS0 CoS7 the bigger value the higher priority Example Map DSCP values 10 12 to CoS 2 T3700G 28TQ config qos queue dscp map 10 12 2 qos queue mode Description The qos queue mode command is used to configure the Schedule Mode To return to the default configuration please use no qos queue mode command When the network is congested the program that many packets complete for resources must be solved usually in the way of queue scheduling The switch will control the forwarding sequence of the packets according to the priority queues and scheduling algorithms you set On this switch the priority levels are labeled as TCO TC1 TC2 TC7 Syntax qos queue mode sp wrr sp wrr equ no qos queue mode Parameter sp Strict Priority Mode In this mode the queue with higher priority will occupy the whole bandwidth Packets in the queue with lower priority are sent only when the queue with higher priority is empty wrr Weight Round Robin Mode In this mode packets in all the queues are sent in order based on the weight value for each queue The weight value ratio o
106. Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the Protocol based VLAN feature for the Gigabit Ethernet port 25 T3700G 28TQ config Hinterface gigabitEthernet 1 0 25 T3700G 28T Q config if protocol vian show protocol vlan template Description The show protocol vlan template command is used to display the information of the Protocol based VLAN templates Syntax show protocol vlan template Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the information of the Protocol based VLAN templates T3700G 28TQ config show protocol vlan template 43 T3700G 28TQ ROSES dee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT show protocol vlan vlan Description The show protocol vlan vlan command is used to display the information about Protocol based VLAN entry Syntax show protocol vlan vlan Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display information of the Protocol based VLAN entry T3700G 28T Q config show protocol vlan vlan 44 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER LE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 7 VLAN VPN Commands VLAN VPN Virtual Private Network function the implement of a simple and flexible Layer 2 VPN technology allows the packets with VLAN tags of private networks to be encapsulated wit
107. Display the enable state of all the ports T3700G 28TQ config show mac vlan interface 40 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 6 Protocol based VLAN Commands Protocol VLAN Virtual Local Area Network is the way to classify VLANs based on Protocols A Protocol is relative to a single VLAN ID The untagged packets and the priority tagged packets matching the protocol template will be tagged with this VLAN ID protocol vlan template Description The protocol vlan template command is used to create Protocol based VLAN template To delete Protocol based VLAN template please use no protocol vian template command Syntax protocol vlan template name protocol name frame ether_2 ether type type snap ether type type IIc dsap dsap_type ssap ssap_type no protocol vian template template idx Parameter protocol name Give a name for the Protocol based VLAN Template which contains 8 characters at most ether_2 ether type type Specify the Ethernet type snap ether type type Specify the Ethernet type llc dsap dsap_type ssap ssap_type Specify the DSAP type and the SSAP type template idx The number of the Protocol based VLAN Template You can get the template corresponding to the number by the show protocol vlan template command Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create a Protocol based VLAN template named TP whose Ethernet protocol type is 0x2024 41
108. E ME MEMENTO lei M EE CTT Te Parameter name The holiday name ranging from 1 to 16 characters start date The start date of the holiday in the format of MM DD for instance 05 01 end date The end date of the holiday in the format of MM DD for instance 05 03 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Define National Day configuring the start date as October 1st and the end date as October 3rd T3700G 28T Q config holiday nationalday start date 10 01 end date 10 03 access list create Description The access list create command is used to create standard IP ACL and extend IP ACL Syntax access list create acl id Parameter acl id ACL ID ranging from 500 to 2499 500 1499 must be Standard IP ACL and 1500 2499 must be Extend IP ACL Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create a standard IP ACL whose ID is 1234 T3700G 28TQ config access list create 1234 mac access list Description The mac access list command is used to create MAC ACL To set the detailed configurations for a specified MAC ACL please use mac access list command 195 T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROME RE ME MEMENTO men metro to access Mac Access list Configuration Mode To delete the MAC ACL please use no mac access list Syntax mac access list acl id no mac access list acl id Parameter acl id ACL ID ranging from 0 to 499 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create
109. ER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 34 DHCP Server DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol is a network configuration protocol for hosts on TCP IP networks and it provides a framework for distributing configuration information to hosts DHCP server assigns IP addresses from specified address pools on a switch or router to DHCP clients and manages them service dhcp Description The service dhcp command is used to enable DHCP service globally including DHCP Server and DHCP Relay function To disable DHCP service please use no service dhcp command Syntax service dhcp no service dhcp Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable DHCP service globally T3700G 28TQ config service dhcp ip dhcp server exclude address Description The ip dhcp server exclude address command is used to specify the reserved IP addresses which are forbidden to allocate such as the gateway address the network segment broadcast address the server address etc To delete the reserved IP addresses please use no ip dhcp server exclude address command Syntax ip dhcp server exclude address start ip address end ip address no ip dhcp server exclude address start ip addr end ip address Parameter start ip address Specify the start IP address of the reserved IP pool 285 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT end ip address Specify the end IP address of the reserved IP pool Only one IP address wil
110. Enable the VLAN mapping feature globally T3700G 28T Q config dot1q tunnel mapping switchport dot1q tunnel mapping Description The switchport dot1q tunnel mapping command is used add the VLAN Mapping entry on a specified port To delete the VLAN Mapping entry on this port please use the no switchport dot1q tunnel mapping command 46 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax switchport dot1q tunnel mapping c vlan sp vian descript no switchport dot1q tunnel mapping c vlan Parameter c vlan Customer VLAN ID ranging from 1 to 4094 sp vlan Service Provider VLAN ID ranging from 1 to 4094 descript Give a description to the VLAN Mapping entry which contains 15 characters at most Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Add a VLAN Mapping entry on the Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 3 with the Customer VLAN as VLAN 2 and the Service Provider VLAN as VLAN 3 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 3 T3700G 28TQ config if switchport dot1q tunnel mapping 2 3 switchport dot1q tunnel mode Description The switchport dot1q tunnel mode command is used to configure the VPN ports mode To close this VPN port please use the no switchport dot1q tunnel mode command By default
111. Ethernet Configuration Mode and configure multiple Fast Ethernet ports at the same time Syntax interface range fastEthernet port list Parameter port list The list of Fast Ethernet ports 165 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men Metro Command Mode Global Configuration Mode User Guidelines Command in the Interface Range fastEthernet Mode is executed independently on all ports in the range It does not effect the execution on the other ports at all if the command results in an error on one port Example T3700G 28TQ doesn t have any fastEthernet port interface gigabitEthernet Description The interface gigabitEthernet command is used to enter the interface gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure the corresponding Gigabit Ethernet port Syntax interface gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ethernet port number Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example To enter the Interface gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure Gigabit Ethernet port 20 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 20 interface range gigabitEthernet Description The interface range gigabitEthernet command is used to enter the interface range gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure multiple Gigabit Ethernet ports at the same time 166 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te K Syntax interface range gigabitEthernet port list Param
112. Ethernet port 1 T3700G 28TQ show Ildp interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 show Ildp local information interface Description The show Ildp local information interface command is used to display the LLDP information of the corresponding port By default the LLDP information of all the ports will be displayed Syntax show Ildp local information interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the LLDP information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ show Ildp local information interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 show lldp neighbor information interface Description The show Ildp neighbor information interface command is used to display the neighbor information of the corresponding port By default the neighbor information of all the ports will be displayed Syntax show Ildp_ neighbor information interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port 265 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ten gigabit Ethernet port number Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the neighbor information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 T3700G 28TQ show Ildp neighbor information interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 show Ildp t
113. Ethernet port 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28T Q config if spanning tree guard root spanning tree guard tc Description The spanning tree guard tc command is used to enable the TC Protect of Spanning Tree function for a port To disable the TC Protect of Spanning Tree function please use no spanning tree guard tc command A switch removes MAC address entries upon receiving TC BPDUs If a malicious user continuously sends TC BPDUs to a switch the switch will be busy with removing MAC address entries which may decrease the performance and stability of the network With the Protect of Spanning Tree function enabled you can configure the number of TC BPDUs in a required time so as to avoid the process of removing MAC addresses frequently Syntax spanning tree guard tc no spanning tree guard tc Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet 219 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Enable the TC Protect of Spanning Tree for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28T Q config if spanning tree guard tc spanning tree mcheck Description The spanning tree mcheck command is used to enable MCheck Syntax spanning tree mcheck Command
114. G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei M EE CTT Te T3700G 28TQ config cluster individual cluster management vlan Description The cluster management vlan command is used to specify the VLAN to manage the clusters Syntax cluster management vlan vian id Parameter vlan id Specify the cluster management VLAN ID Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify VLAN 2 as the VLAN to manage the clusters T3700G 28TQ config cluster management vlan 2 clear ndp statistics Description The clear ndp statistics command is used to clear statistics about NDP messages on the specified port s Syntax clear ndp statistics interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port Specify the Ethernet port number The NDP statistics of all ports will be cleared if the port number is not specified here Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Clear the statistics of the NDP messages on all the ports of the switch T3700G 28TQ config clear ndp statistics 273 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show cluster ndp Description The show cluster ndp command is used to display the NDP information Syntax show cluster ndp interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port Specify the Ethernet port number The NDP information of all ports will be d
115. G 28TQ config show spanning tree interface security bpdufilter show spanning tree mst Description The show spanning tree mst command is used to display the related information of MST Instance 222 T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax show spanning tree mst configuration digest instance instance id interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter instance id Instance ID desired to show ranging from 1 to 8 port The Ethernet port number Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the region information and mapping information of VLAN and MST Instance T3700G 28TQ config show spanning tree mst configuration Display the related information of MST Instance 1 T3700G 28TQ config show spanning tree mst instance 1 Display all the ports information of MST Instance 1 T3700G 28TQ config show spanning tree mst instance 1 interface 223 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 29 IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Snooping Internet Group Management Protocol Snooping is a multicast control mechanism running on Layer 2 switch It can effectively prevent multicast groups being broadcasted in the network ip igmp snooping global Description The ip igmp snooping command is used to configure IGMP Snooping globally To disable the IGMP Snooping function please use no ip igmp snooping
116. G 28TQ config line console 0 76 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te K Enter the Virtual Terminal configuration mode so as to prepare further configurations such as password and login mode for virtual terminal 0 to 5 T3700G 28TQ config line vty 0 5 password Description The password command is used to configure the connection password To clear the password please use no password command Syntax password password no password Parameter password Configure the connection password which contains 16 characters at most composing digits English letters and under dashes only Command Mode Line Configuration Mode Example Configure the connection password of Console port connection 0 as tplink T3700G 28TQ config line console 0 T3700G 28T Q config line password tplink Configure the connection password of virtual terminal connection 0 5 as tplink T3700G 28TQ config line vty 0 5 T3700G 28T Q config line password tplink login Description The login command is used to configure the login mode of a switch which uses connection password to login At this situation a connection password must be set for virtual terminal connection 77 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax login Command Mode Line Configuration Mode Example Configure the login of Console port connection 0 as login mode T3700G 28TQ config line console 0 T3700G 28T Q config line login C
117. G 28TQ config no monitor session 1 187 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT monitor session source interface Description The monitor session source interface command is used to configure the monitored port To delete the corresponding monitored port please use no monitor session source interface command Syntax monitor session session_num source interface fastEthernet port list gigabitEthernet port list ten gigabitEthernet port list mode no monitor session session_num source interface fastEthernet port list gigabitEthernet port list ten gigabitEthernet port list mode Parameter Session num The monitor session number the value of which is 1 port list List of monitored port It is multi optional mode The monitor mode There are three options rx tx and both Rx ingress monitoring mode means the incoming packets received by the monitored port will be copied to the monitoring port TX egress monitoring mode indicates the outgoing packets sent by the monitored port will be copied to the monitoring port Both ingress and egress monitoring presents the incoming packets received and the outgoing packets sent by the monitored port will both be copied to the monitoring port Command Mode Global Configuration Mode User Guidelines 1 Monitored ports number is not limited but it can t be the monitoring port at the same time 2 Whether the monitoring port and monitored po
118. Host for automatic binding The switch can also propagate the control information and the network parameters via the Option 82 field to provide more information for the Host Syntax ip dhcp snooping no ip dhcp snooping Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the DHCP Snooping function globally T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp snooping 81 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT ip dhcp snooping global Description The ip dhcp snooping global command is configure DHCP Snooping globally To restore to the default value please use no dhcp snooping global command Syntax ip dhcp snooping global global rate global rate dec threshold dec threshold dec rate dec rate no ip dhcp snooping global dec threshhold global rate Parameter global rate The value to specify the maximum amount of DHCP messages that can be forwarded by the switch per second The excessive messages will be discarded The options are 10 20 30 40 50 packet second By default it is 0 standing for disable dec threshold The value to specify the minimum transmission rate of the Decline packets to trigger the Decline protection for the specific port The options are 5 10 15 20 25 30 packet second By default it is O standing for disable dec rate The value to specify the Decline Flow Control The traffic flow of the corresponding port will be limited to be this value if the transmission r
119. K when attacked by syn flood Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the DoS Defend Type named Land attack T3700G 28TQ config ip dos prevent type land show ip dos prevent Description The show ip dos prevent command is used to display the DoS information of the detected DoS attack including enable disable status the DoS Defend Type the count of the attack etc Syntax show ip dos prevent Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the DoS information of the detected DoS attack globally T3700G 28TQ config show ip dos prevent 100 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT Chapter 17 IEEE 802 1X Commands IEEE 802 1X function is to provide an access control for LAN ports via the authentication Only the supplicant passing the authentication can access the LAN dot1x system auth control Description The dot1x system auth control command is used to enable the IEEE 802 1X function globally To disable the IEEE 802 1X function please use no dot1x system auth control command Syntax dot1x system auth control no dot1x system auth control Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the IEEE 802 1X function T3700G 28T Q config dot1x system auth control dot1x auth method Description The dot1x auth method command is used to configure the Authentication Method of IEEE 802 1X and the default 802 1x authentication method is ea
120. MENTO lei BRETT dst_device Specify the member s unit in the stack to which the image file would be saved in the format of unitid for example unit1 If not specified the image file will be saved to all the members in the stack dst_imagename Specify the name of the image file saved in the destination switch Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Copy unit 1 s image1 bin file to unit 2 as Image bin T3700G 28TQ copy image unit1 image1 bin unit2 image2 bin remove backup image Description The remove backup image command is used to delete the backup image Syntax remove backup image unitid Parameter unitid Specify the member s unit in the stack from which the backup image file would be deleted If not specified the backup image files of all the switches in the stack will be deleted Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Delete the backup image files of all the members in the stack T3700G 28TQ remove backup image remove config Description The remove config command is used to delete the configuration file 154 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax remove config filename device H configfilename Parameter device Specify the unit in the stack whose configuration file will be deleted in the format of unitid for example unit1 If not specified the configuration files of all members in the stack will be deleted configfilename
121. MP Snooping Querier If not specified the IGMP Snooping Querier configurations of all VLANs will be displayed Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configurations of IGMP Snooping Querier of VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config show ip igmp snooping querier vlan 2 235 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 30 SNMP Commands SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol functions are used to manage the network devices for a smooth communication which can facilitate the network administrators to monitor the network nodes and implement the proper operation snmp server Description The snmp server command is used to enable the SNMP function By default it is disabled To return to the default configuration please use no snmp server command Syntax snmp server no snmp server Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the SNMP function T3700G 28T Q config snmp server snmp server view Description The snmp server view command is used to add View To delete the corresponding View please use no snmp server view command The OID Object Identifier of the SNMP packets is used to describe the managed objects of the switch and the MIB Management Information Base is the set of the OIDs The SNMP View is created for the SNMP management station to manage MIB objects Syntax snmp server view name mib oid include exclude no snmp server view name
122. N Groups After a history group is configured the switch collects network statistics information periodically based on which the management station can monitor network effectively Syntax rmon history index interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port interval seconds owner owner name no rmon history index Parameter index The index number of the entry ranging from 1 to 12 in the format of 1 3 5 port The Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number seconds The interval to take samplings from the port ranging from 10 to 3600 in seconds By default it is 1800 owner name The owner of the history sample entry ranging from 1 to 16 characters By default it is monitor Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the sample port as 1 0 2 and the sample interval as 100 seconds for the entry 1 3 T3700G 28TQ config rmon history 1 3 interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 interval 100 owner owner 1 247 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te K rmon event Description The rmon event command is used to configure the entries of SNMP RMON Event To return to the default configuration please use no rmon event command Event Group as one of the commonly used RMON Groups is used to define RMON events Alarms occur when an event is detected Syntax rmon event index user user name description descript type no
123. O lei BRETT Example Configure one of the filter multicast address entry as range 225 1 1 1 to 226 3 2 1 in profile 1 T3700G 28TQ config ip igmp profile 1 T3700G 28TQ config igmp profile frange 225 1 1 1 226 3 2 1 ip igmp filter Description The ip igmp filter command is used to bind a profile to the specified Ethernet port or routed port To delete the profile port binding entry please use no ip igmp filter command Syntax ip igmp filter profile id no ip igmp filter profile id Parameter profile id Specify the profile ID to be bound Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Bind profile 1 to the gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ config if ip igmp filter 1 Bind profile 1 to the routed port 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 T3700G 28T Q config if no switchport T3700G 28TQ config if ip igmp filter 1 ip igmp max groups Description The ip igmp max groups command is used to configure the maximum number of groups that a port can join in The ip igmp max groups action is used to configure the action that the port takes when it receives an IGMP report 312 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT message and the maximum number of entries is in the forwarding table To remove the maximum group limitation and return to the default of no limitation on the specified port please use the no ip igmp max groups co
124. OME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT e Interface Configuration Mode In this mode users can configure one or several ports different ports corresponds to different commands a Interface gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet Configure parameters for an Ethernet port such as Duplex mode flow control status b Interface range gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet Configure parameters for several Ethernet ports c Interface link aggregation Configure parameters for a link aggregation such as broadcast storm d Interface range link aggregation Configure parameters for multi trunks e Interface Loopback Configure the parameters of the loopback interface f Interface vlan Configure parameters for the vlan interface e Vian Configuration Mode In this mode users can create a VLAN and add a specified port to the VLAN e Router Configuration Mode In this mode commands for configuring the Layer 3 functions are provided 3 Some commands are global that means they can be performed in all modes e show Displays all information of switch for example statistic information port information VLAN information e history Displays the commands history 1 3 Security Levels This switch s security is divided into two levels User level and Admin level User level only allows users to do some simple operations in User EXEC Mode Admin level allows you to monitor configure and manage the switch in Privileged EXEC Mode Global
125. P address in dotted decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295 message digest MD5 authentication If this parameter is missing a simple authentication will be applied Command Mode Router Configuration Mode 365 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Configure the authentication mode of area 0 as simple authentication T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28T Q config router area 0 authentication area stub Description The area stub command is used to define an area as a stub area To restore the stub area to a normal one please use the no area stub command Syntax area area id stub no summary no area area id stub no summary Parameter area id The area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295 no summary Configure the stub are as a totally stub area where the ABR advertises neither the destinations in other areas nor the external routes The stub area is not a totally stub area by default Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure the area 1 as a totally stub area T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28TQ config router area 1 stub no summary area nssa Description The area nssa command is used to define an area as a nssa area To restore the stub area to a normal one please use the no area stub command without 366 T37
126. Seg1 T3700G 28TQ config time range tSeg1 absolute Description The absolute command is used to configure a time range into an absoluteness mode To delete the corresponding Absoluteness Mode time range please use no absolute command Syntax absolute start start dote end end date 192 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men metro no absolute Parameter start date The start date in Absoluteness Mode in the format of MM DD YYYY By default it is 01 01 1970 end date The end date in Absoluteness Mode in the format of MM DD YYYY By default it is 12 31 2099 The Absoluteness Mode will be disabled if the start date and end date are both in default value Command Mode Time range Configuration Mode Example Configure the time range tSeg1 with time from May 5 2012 to Oct 5 2012 T3700G 28TQ config time range tSeg1 T3700G 28TQ config time range H absolute start 05 05 2012 end 10 05 2012 periodic Description The periodic command is used to configure the time range into periodic mode To delete the corresponding Periodic Mode time range please use no periodic command To delete the corresponding Periodic Mode week date time range please use no periodic week date command To delete the corresponding Periodic Mode time slice time range please use no periodic time slice command Syntax periodic week date week day time slice1 time slice time slice2 time slice time slice3 time slic
127. T as 100 T3700G 28TQ config spanning tree mst configuration T3700G 28TQ config mst revision 100 spanning tree mst instance Description The spanning tree mst instance command is used to configure the priority of MST instance To return to the default value of MST instance priority please use no spanning tree mst instance command Syntax spanning tree mst instance instance id priority priority no spanning tree mst instance instance id priority Parameter instance id Instance ID ranging from 1 to 8 priority MSTI Priority which must be multiple of 4096 ranging from 0 to 61440 By default it is 32768 MSTI priority is an important criterion on determining if the switch will be chosen as the root bridge in the specific instance Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the MST Instance 1 and configure its priority as 4096 T3700G 28TQ config spanning tree mst instance 1 priority 4096 212 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei M EE CTT Te spanning tree mst Description The spanning tree mst command is used to configure MST Instance Port To return to the default configuration of the corresponding Instance Port please use no spanning tree mst command A port can play different roles in different spanning tree instance You can use this command to configure the parameters of the ports in different instance IDs as well as view status of the ports in the specified instance Syntax sp
128. T3700G 28TQ config Hinterface gigabitEthernet 1 0 5 T3700G 28TQ config if ip arp inspection recover show ip arp inspection Description The show ip arp inspection command is used to display the ARP detection global configuration including the enable disable status and the Trusted Port list Syntax show ip arp inspection Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the ARP detection configuration globally T3700G 28TQ config show ip arp inspection show ip arp inspection interface Description The show ip arp inspection interface command is used to display the interface configuration of ARP detection Syntax show ip arp inspection interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port 94 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 T3700G 28TQ config show ip arp inspection interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 Display the configuration of all Ethernet ports T3700G 28TQ config show ip arp inspection interface show ip arp inspection statistics Description The show ip arp inspection statistics command is used to display the number of the illegal ARP packets received Syntax show ip arp inspection statistics Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and A
129. TC egress queue To disable the mapping relation please use no qos dscp command Syntax qos dscp no qos dscp Command Mode Global Configuration Mode User Guidelines DSCP DiffServ Code Point is a new definition to IP ToS field given by IEEE DSCP priorities are mapped to the corresponding 802 1p priorities IP datagram will be classified into the egress queue based on the mapping relation between DSCP priority and TC egress queue Example Enable the mapping relation between DSCP Priority and egress queue T3700G 28TQ config qos dscp qos queue cos map Description The qos queue cos map command is used to configure the mapping relation between IEEE 802 1P priority tag IEEE 802 1Q tag CoS value and the TC egress queue To return to the default configuration please use no qos queue cos map command When 802 1P Priority is enabled the packets with 802 1Q tag are mapped to different priority levels based on 802 1P priority mode The untagged packets are mapped based on port priority mode Syntax qos queue cos map tag cos id tc id no qos queue cos map Parameter tag cos id The 8 priority levels defined by IEEE 802 1P or the priority level the packets with tag are mapped to which ranges from CoS 0 to CoS 7 181 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT tc id The egress queue the packets with tag are mapped to lt ranges from 0 to 7 which represents TC queue from TCO to TC7 respectively Com
130. TP LINK CLI Reference Guide T3700G 28TQ JetStream 28 Port Gigabit Stackable L3 Managed Switch REV1 0 0 1910010949 COPYRIGHT amp TRADEMARKS Specifications are subject to change without notice TP LINK is a registered trademark of TP LINK TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Other brands and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders No part of the specifications may be reproduced in any form or by any means or used to make any derivative such as translation transformation or adaptation without permission from TP LINK TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD Copyright 2014 TP LINK TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD All rights reserved http www tp link com CONTENTS Preface eege ee ee DE Rind eo dra ib danse 1 Chapter 1 Using the Clic ds 5 NR ee e hue E E 5 1 1 1 Logon by a ConSole DOE circa i nee aeien eA erk nnetans Gaveeeatieeanecerees 5 1 1 2 Configuring the Privileged EXEC Mode Password 7 1 1 3 Logon by Telnet ran 8 1 1 4 Logon by SS E E A iba 12 1 2 CLI Command Modes cece eeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeesecaeeaeeeeeeeeeseceaeaeeeeeeeeteeeeieas 17 1 3 Security Level iia dida 20 1A en e EE EN 1 4 1 Format Conventions iii eege ESA 21 14 2 Special le Le suis tata 21 1 4 3 Parameter Format 21 KEREN 22 MD AA A A A Seege 22 enable PassWord isses iein gerett De A A AA 22 e EL A o Nile due oes cas Suter conkt A AA 23 ele EE 23 e tid cians e ed al e e ee Ee 24 Gil KEEN 24 ISO AAA AAA ae a 25 History
131. TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men Metro Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Exclude network policy and inventory TLVs in LLDPDU outgoing from port 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config H interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config if H no Ildp med tlv select network policy inventory management Ildp med location Description The Ildp med location command is used to configure the Location Identification TLV s content in outgoing LLDPDU of the port Syntax lldp med location emergency number identifier civic address language language province state province state county county city city street street house number house number name name postal zipcode postal zipcode room number room number post office box post office box additional additional country code country code what dhcp server endpoint switch Parameter emergency number Emergency Call Service ELIN identifier which is used during emergency call setup to a traditional CAMA or ISDN trunk based PSAP The length of this field ranges from 10 to 25 characters civic address The civic address is defined to reuse the relevant sub fields of the DHCP option for civic Address based Location Configuration Infor
132. Te TPLINK HyperTerminal File Edit View Call Transfer Help DS ZS e 137006 28T0 gt enable T37006 28T0Q config T37006 28TQ config enable password 123 4 T3700G 28TQ config set password for entering privileged EXEC Mode Figure 1 6 Configure the Privileged EXEC Mode Password 1 1 3 Logon by Telnet For Telnet connection after configuring the Privileged EXEC Mode Password you should also configure the Telnet login mode and login authentication information through console connection Telnet login has the following two modes You can choose one according to your needs Login local Mode It requires username and password which are both admin by default Login Mode lt doesn t require username and password but a connection password is required Note Before Telnet login you are required to configure Telnet login mode and login authentication information through console connection gt Login Local Mode Firstly configure the Telnet login mode as login local and set the password for entering into the Privileged EXEC Mode as 123 in the prompted DOS screen shown in Figure 1 7 TPLINK HyperTerminal File Edit View Call Transfer Help Dae 23 Df T37006 28T0 gt T37006 28T0 gt enable T3700G 28TQ config T137006 28T0 config Hline vty 0 5 T3700G 28TQ config line login local 4 set login mode T37006 28T0 config line Hexit Figure 1 7 Configure login local mode Now you can
133. a A A A A AAA A 253 show snmp server engine 253 SNOWTMON MISION eii ans 254 SNOW MON E ee des nl Andi ca Se 254 show vue RUE EE 255 SHOW rmon statistics 200 00 eee 255 Chapter 31 LLDP Commands deed 257 A OA 257 Le LTE 257 ele lu EEN 258 RA 259 ele FANS LEE 259 ele Bue EC EE 260 ele ET 260 dp ue DEE e LIT 261 NOP Ma TE 262 lldp med tiv sele Cte orion ra lea die 262 dp Med lOCAtlOM OS 263 le VIE 264 SHOW lldp interface eee cecccecceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeee cece eeecaeeceeeeeeeeseccneaeeseeeeeseseeqcieeseeeeeseeeseeeaees 264 show Ildp local information Interface 265 show lldp neighbor information interface ooococcicocococcccnncccconcnnnnncnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonannnneninno 265 show lldp Ee Ee 266 Chapter 32 Cluster Commande rt rrrrnnnnr rrr rr rrenen 267 GIUSTS NP e 267 ClUSte ip a ae ace 268 e ee 269 E beier 269 CIUSTEF IP POON a tert E ht Hesmw tee El beten tee Eet be aster lie get 270 Cluster commande Teee ea eegene Melee A aa agi ee 270 ClUSTEK MANAGE cl A Riek heehee deren 271 Cluster ul E 271 Cluster Candidates snore es elvan detainee a As 272 Cluster INGIVidUal dutinre tin A A dices 272 cluster management Vlaniee 22 stent isc aia 273 Clear ndp statistics ness eeeeeeee eens eee eee eee eee eae eee eee eae eae ae aaa nnnnnnnnnnnncnss 273 SHOW CIUSLGR NP ti 274 show CUSTODIA eee eee 274 Cl Ve Lee EE 275 SNOW ee 275 show cluster memben A A A A Ae a ed ie 276 Chapter 33 Static Routes C
134. a MAC ACL whose ID is 23 T3700G 28TQ config mac access list 23 access list standard Description The access list standard command is used to add Standard IP ACL rule To delete the corresponding rule please use no access list standard command Standard IP ACLs analyze and process data packets based on a series of match conditions which can be the source IP addresses and destination IP addresses carried in the packets Syntax access list standard acl id rule rule id deny permit sip source ip smask source ip mask dip destination ip mask destination ip mask tseg time segment no access list standard acl id rule rule id Parameter acl id The desired Standard IP ACL for configuration rule id The rule ID deny The operation to discard packets permit The operation to forward packets It is the default value source ip The source IP address contained in the rule source ip mask The source IP address mask lt is required if you typed the source IP address 196 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT destination ip The destination IP address contained in the rule destination ip mask The destination IP address mask It is required if you typed the destination IP address time segment The time range for the rule to take effect By default it is not limited Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create a Standard IP ACL whose
135. abie L3 Managed Switch CU Guide Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify the remote ID as TP LINK T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp relay information remote id TP LINK show ip dhcp relay Description The show ip dhcp relay command is used to display the configuration of DHCP Relay Syntax show ip dhcp relay Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration of DHCP Relay T3700G 28TQ config show ip dhcp relay 298 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 36 Proxy ARP Commands The switch uses Proxy ARP to help hosts learn MAC addresses of hosts on other networks or subnets ip proxy arp Description The ip proxy arp command is used to enable Proxy ARP function on the specified VLAN interface or routed port To disable IGMP function on this interface please use no ip proxy arp command Syntax ip ip proxy arp no ip proxy arp Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Enable the Proxy ARP function on Interface VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip proxy arp Enable the Proxy ARP function on routed port 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 2 T3700G 28T Q config if no switchport T3700G 28T Q config if ip proxy arp show ip proxy arp Description The show ip proxy arp command is used to display the Proxy ARP status Syntax show ip proxy arp Command Mode Privile
136. ability system description system name management address port vlan protocol vlan vlan name link aggregation mac phy cfg max frame size power all no lldp tlv select port description system capability system description system name management address port vlan protocol vlan vlan name link aggregation mac phy cfg max frame size power all Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Exclude management address and port vlan id TLVs in LLDPDU outgoing from Gigabit Ethernet port 1 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 T3700G 28T Q config if no Ildp tlv select management address port vlan lldp med fast count Description The lldp med fast count command is used to configure the number of the LLDP MED frames that will be sent out When LLDP MED fast start mechanism is activated multiple LLDP MED frames will be transmitted based on this parameter The default value is 4 To return to the default configuration please use no Ildp med fast count command Syntax Ildp med fast count count no Ildp med fast count Parameter count Configure the Fast Start Count parameter It ranges from 1 to 10 By default it is 4
137. ack 319 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men meti Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the detailed IGMP configuration information of the interface loopback 1 T3700G 28TQ config show ip igmp interface loopback 1 detail 320 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT Chapter 38 PIM Commands The Protocol Independent Multicast PIM protocol is multicast routing protocol which uses unicast routing information to perform the multicast forwarding function in the three layer network PIM can operate in dense mode or sparse mode ip multicast routing Description The ip multicast routing command is used to enable ip multicast routing function To delete all the multicast routing entries please use no ip multicast routing command Syntax ip multicast routing no ip multicast routing Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the IP multicast routing function globally T3700G 28TQ config ip multicast routing ip pim Description The ip pim command is used to enable PIM function on the specified interface To disable the PIM function on this interface please use no ip pim command Syntax ip pim dense mode sparse mode no ip pim dense mode sparse mode Parameter dense mode enable PIM with dense mode on the specified interface sparse mode enable PIM with sparse mode on the specified interface 321 T370
138. address The value of it can be 0 or ranges from 10 to 630 seconds When 0 is entered the Auto Aging function is disabled It is 300 seconds by default Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the aging time as 500 seconds T3700G 28TQ config mac address table aging time 500 mac address table filtering Description The mac address table filtering command is used to add the filtering address entry To delete the corresponding entry please use no mac address table filtering command The filtering address function is to forbid the undesired package to be forwarded The filtering address can be added or removed manually independent of the aging time 128 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax mac address table filtering mac adadr vid vid no mac address table filtering mac addr vid via Parameter mac addr The MAC address to be filtered vid The corresponding VLAN ID of the MAC address It ranges from 1 to 4094 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Add a filtering address entry of which VLAN ID is 1 and MAC address is 00 1e 4b 04 01 5d T3700G 28T Q config mac address table filtering 00 1e 4b 04 01 5d vid 1 mac address table max mac count Description The mac address table max mac count command is used to configure the Port Security To return to the default configurations please use no mac address table max mac count command Port Security
139. anage holdtime 50 T3700G 28TQ config cluster manage timer 50 cluster member Description The cluster member command is used to add member switch To delete the corresponding member please use no cluster member command The add delete operations of member switches should be implemented by the commander switch according to the MAC address Syntax cluster member mac address mac address 271 T3700G 28TQ TO CTT de Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO men EE CTT Te no cluster member mac address mac address Parameter mac address The MAC address of the member switch desired to join in or to be deleted from the cluster Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Add the switch whose MAC address is 0e 3f 4g 5e 6d 7b to the cluster T3700G 28TQ config cluster member mac address 0e 3f 4g 5e 6d 7b cluster candidate Description The cluster candidate command is used to specify the current switch as candidate switch This command is invalid for the member switch in the cluster Syntax cluster candidate Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify the current switch as candidate switch T3700G 28TQ config cluster candidate cluster individual Description The cluster individual command is used to specify the current switch as individual switch Syntax cluster individual Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify the current switch as individual switch 272 T3700
140. and is used to disable an Ethernet port To enable this port again please use no shutdown command Syntax shutdown no shutdown 169 T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Disable Gigabit Ethernet port 20 T3700G 28T Q config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 20 T3700G 28T Q config if shutdown flow control Description The flow control command is used to enable the flow control function for a port To disable the flow control function for this corresponding port please use no flow control command With the flow control function enabled the Ingress Rate and Egress Rate can be synchronized to avoid packet loss in the network Syntax flow control no flow control Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the flow control function for Gigabit Ethernet port 20 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 20 T3700G 28T Q config if flow control 170 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te K duplex Description The duplex command is used to confi
141. and is used to display the LACP information for a specified EtherChannel Group Syntax show lacp channel group num internal neighbor Parameter channel group num The EtherChannel Group number ranging from 1 to 32 By default it is empty and will display the information of all LACP groups internal The internal LACH information neighbor The neighbor LACP information Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the internal LACP information of EtherChannel Group 1 T3700G 28T Q config show lacp 1 internal show lacp sys id Description The show lacp sys id command is used to display the LACP system priority globally Syntax show lacp sys id Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the LACP system priority T3700G 28TQ config show lacp sys id 71 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Chapter 12 User Manage Commands User Manage Commands are used to manage the user s logging information by Web CLI or SSH so as to protect the settings of the switch from being randomly changed user name Description Syntax Parameter Command Example The user name command is used to add a new user or modify the existed users information To delete the existed users please use no user name command user name user name password password type guest admin status disable enable
142. anning tree mst instance instance id port priority priority cost cost no spanning tree mst instance instance id Parameter instance id Instance ID ranging from 1 to 8 priority Port Priority which must be multiple of 16 ranging from 0 to 240 By default it is 128 Port Priority is an important criterion on determining if the port will be chosen as the root port by the device connected to this port cost Path Cost ranging from O to 2000000 The lower value has the higher priority Its default value is O meaning auto Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure the priority of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 1 in MST Instance 1 as 64 and path cost as 2000 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 T3700G 28T Q config if spanning tree mst instance 1 port priority 64 cost 2000 213 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT spanning tree priority Description The spanning tree priority command is used to configure the bridge priority To return to the default value of bridge priority please use no spanning tree priority command Syntax spanning tree priority priority no spanning tree priority Parameter priority Bridge priority ranging from O to 61440 The prio
143. arameter static Specify the external route type as static rip Specify the external route type as RIP process id The ospf routing process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 cost The cost of the external routes ranging from 1 to 16777214 lts default value is defined in the command default metric type The type of the external routes either 1 or 2 The default value is 2 tag The identifier of the summary route which can be used by the routing strategy to control the advertisement of the routes It ranges from O to 4294967295 and the default value is 0 nssa only The summary route will only be advertised to the NSSA If not specified the summary route will be advertised to the normal areas and the NSSA Command Mode Router Configuration Mode 356 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei M EE ETT Te Example Redistribute the RIP routes from the external and advertise them as type 1 external routes in the OSPF domain T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28TQ config router redistribute rip metric type 1 default metric Description The default metric command is used to configure the default cost of the redistributing external route To restore to the default value please use the no default metric command Syntax default metric cost no default metric Parameter cost The default cost of the redistributing external route ranging form 1 to 16777214
144. ary VLAN 3 and secondary VLAN 4 T3700G 28T Q config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 3 T3700G 28T Q config if switchport private vlan mapping 3 4 show vlan private vlan Description The show vlan private vlan command is used to display the Private VLAN configuration information of the switch Syntax show vlan private vlan Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration information of all Private VLAN T3700G 28TQ config show vlan private vlan 60 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show vlan private vlan interface Description The show vlan private vlan interface command is used to display the Private VLAN configuration information of the specified port s Syntax show vlan private vlan interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The list of Ethernet ports Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration information of all the Ethernet ports T3700G 28TQ config show vlan private vlan interface 61 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 10 GVRP Commands GVRP GARP VLAN registration protocol is an implementation of GARP generic attribute registration protocol GVRP allows the switch to automatically add or remove the VLANs via the dynamic VLAN registration information and propagate the local VLAN registr
145. atched to the IP MAC binding rules can be processed Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the IP Verify Source function for Gigabit Ethernet ports 5 10 Configure that only the packets with its source IP address source MAC address and port number matched to the IP MAC binding rules can be processed T3700G 28TQ config Hinterface range gigabitEthernet 1 0 5 10 T3700G 28T Q config if range ip verify source sip mac 97 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show ip verify source Description The show ip verify source command is used to display the IP Verify Source configuration information Syntax show ip verify source Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the IP Verify Source configuration information T3700G 28TQ config show ip verify source 98 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 16 DoS Defend Command DoS Denial of Service Attack is to occupy the network bandwidth maliciously by the network attackers or the evil programs sending a lot of service requests to the Host With the DoS Defend enabled the switch can analyze the specific field of the received packets and provide the defend measures to ensure the normal working of the l
146. ate beyond 1000kbps they will be discarded by the switch T3700G 28TQ config access list policy action policy1 1200 T3700G 28TQ config action s condition rate 1000 osd discard s mirror Description The s mirror command is used to configure Stream Mirror function of policy action to the specified port Syntax s mirror interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Mirror Port number of Stream Mirror Command Mode Action Configuration Mode Example Edit the actions for policy1 Specify the mirror port as Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 2 for the data packets matching ACL 1200 T3700G 28TQ config access list policy action policy1 1200 T3700G 28T Q config action s mirror interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 qos remark Description The qos remark command is used to configure QoS function of policy action Syntax qos remark dscp dscp priority priority no qos remark Parameter dscp DSCP of QoS Remark Specify the DSCP region for the data packets matching the corresponding ACL DSCP ranges from 0 to 63 By default it is not limited 202 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME EEN lei BRETT priority Local Priority of QoS Remark Specify the local priority for the data packets matching the corresponding ACL Local Priority ranges from 0 to 7 Command Mode Action Configuration Mode Example Edit the actions for policy1 For the data packets matching ACL 1200
147. ate of the Decline packets exceeds the Decline Threshold The options are 5 10 15 20 25 30 packet second By default it is 5 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the Global Flow Control as 30pps for DHCP Snooping T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp snooping global global rate 30 82 T3700G 28TQ ROSES a aml ET ET ME MEMENTO lei BRETT ip dhcp snooping information option Description The ip dhcp snooping information option command is used to enable the Option 82 function of DHCP Snooping To disable the Option 82 function please use no ip dhcp snooping information option command Syntax ip dhcp snooping information option no ip dhcp snooping information option Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the Option 82 function of DHCP Snooping T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp snooping information option ip dhcp snooping information strategy Description The ip dhcp snooping information strategy command is used to select the operation for the Option 82 field of the DHCP request packets from the Host To restore to the default option please use no ip dhcp snooping information strategy command Syntax ip dhcp snooping information strategy strategy no ip dhcp snooping information strategy Parameter strategy The operations for Option 82 field of the DHCP request packets from the Host including three types keep Indicates to keep the Option 82 field of the packets It is the def
148. ation Mode Example Enable the IGMP Snooping function and modify Member Port Time as 200 seconds for VLAN1 3 T3700G 28TQ config ip igmp snooping vlan config 1 3 mtime 200 ip igmp snooping max groups Description The ip igmp snooping max groups command is used to configure the maximum number of groups that a port can join in The ip igmp snooping max groups action is used to configure the action that the port takes when it receives an IGMP report message and the maximum number of entries is in the forwarding table To remove the maximum group limitation and return to the default of no limitation on the specified port please use the no ip igmp snooping max groups command To return to the default action of dropping the report please use the no ip igmp snooping max groups action command These commands only apply to the dynamic multicast groups Syntax ip igmp snooping max groups maxgroup ip igmp snooping max groups action drop replace no ip igmp snooping max groups no ip igmp snooping max groups action 227 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Parameter maxgroup Specify the maximum numbers of groups that the port can join It ranges from 0 to 1024 and the default value is 1024 drop When the number of the dynamic multicast groups that a port joins has exceeded the max group the port will not join any new multicast group replace When the number of the dynamic multicast gro
149. ation Mode Example For VLAN 2 specify its query interval as 200 seconds and the response time as 20 seconds T3700G 28TQ config ip igmp snooping querier vlan 2 query interval 200 230 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE ETT Te K T3700G 28TQ config ip igmp snooping querier vlan 2 max response time 20 ip igmp snooping querier vlan specific query Description The ip igmp snooping querier vlan command is used to configure the parameters for IGMP Snooping Querier to send a specific query frame To return to the default configuration please use no ip igmp snooping querier vlan command Syntax ip igmp snooping querier vlan vian id last listener query interval interval last listener query count count special query source ip p addr no ip igmp snooping querier vlan vian id last listener query interval last listener query count special query source ip Parameter vlan id VLAN ID list ranging from 1 to 4094 interval The time interval of sending specific query frames by IGMP Snooping Querier ranging from 1 to 5 Seconds By default it is 1 A specific query will be sent on condition that immediate leave is not enabled and a leave frame is received count The times of sending specific query frames by IGMP Snooping Querier ranging from 1 to 5 By default it is 2 The switch will still treat the port as group member until the specific frames number sent by the querier reaches
150. ation command is used to enable option 82 support in DHCP Relay To disable this function please use no ip dhcp relay information command Syntax ip dhcp relay information no ip dhcp relay information 295 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable option 82 support in DHCP Relay T3700G 28TQ config H ip dhcp relay information ip dhcp relay information policy Description The ip dhcp relay information policy command is used to specify the policy when receiving DHCP request packets with Option 82 field To resume the default policy please use no ip dhcp relay information policy command Syntax ip dhcp relay information policy drop keep replace no ip dhcp relay information policy Parameter drop keep replace Specify the policy The default policy is keep drop Discard the packet with the Option 82 field keep Keep the Option 82 field in the packet replace Replace the option 82 field with the system option defined by the switch Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify the option 82 policy as replace to replace the Option 82 field with the local parameter on receiving the DHCP request packet T3700G 28TQ config H ip dhcp relay information policy replace ip dhcp relay information custom Description The ip dhcp relay information custom command is used to enable the Option 82 customization function To disa
151. ation information to other switches without having to individually configure each VLAN gvrp Description The gvrp command is used to enable the GVRP function globally To disable the GVRP function please use no gvrp command Syntax gvrp no gvrp Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the GVRP function globally T3700G 28TQ config gvrp gvrp interface Description The gvrp command is used to enable the GVRP function for the desired port To disable it please use no gvrp command The GVRP feature can only be enabled for the trunk type ports Syntax gvrp no gvrp 62 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te r Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the GVRP function for Gigabit Ethernet ports 1 0 2 6 T3700G 28TQ config interface range gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 6 T3700G 28T Q config if range gvrp gvrp registration Description The gvrp registration command is used to configure the GVRP registration type for the desired port To restore to the default value please use no gvrp registration command Syntax gvrp registration normal fixed forbidden no gvrp registration Parameter normal fixed forbidden Registration mode By default the regist
152. ault option replace Indicates to replace the Option 82 field of the packets with the switch defined one drop Indicates to discard the packets including the Option 82 field 83 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET LE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Replace the Option 82 field of the packets with the switch defined one and then send out T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp snooping information strategy replace ip dhcp snooping information user defined Description The ip dhcp snooping information user defined command is used to enable the customized Option 82 To return to the default Option 82 please use no ip dhcp snooping information user defined command Syntax ip dhcp snooping information user defined no ip dhcp snooping information user defined Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the customized Option 82 function T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp snooping information user defined ip dhcp snooping information remote id Description The ip dhcp snooping information remote id command is used to configure the customized sub option Remote ID for the Option 82 To return to default Remote ID for the Option 82 please use no ip dhcp snooping information remote id command Syntax ip dhcp snooping information remote id string no ip dhcp snooping information remote id 84 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Parameter string Enter the sub option Re
153. ault router fails VRRP advocates the concept of a virtual router associated with one or more IP addresses that serve as default gateways In the event that the VRRP router controlling these IP addresses formally known as the Master fails the group of IP addresses and the default forwarding role is taken over by a Backup VRRP router vrrp vrid Description This command is used to enable the VRRP protocol on an interface and designates a virtual router ID for it To disable VRRP protocol of a specified virtual router on an interface please use no vrrp vrid command Syntax vrrp vrid vrid no vrrp vrid vrid Parameter vrid The virtual router ID which has an integer value range from 1 to 255 Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Enable the VRRP protocol on interface VLAN 3 and specify the vrid as 4 T3700G 28T Q config interface vlan 3 T3700G 28TQ config if vrrp vrid 4 334 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te vrrp vrid virtual ip Description This command is used to add a virtual IP for the virtual router Up to 5 IP addresses can be configured to a virtual router To delete the corresponding virtual IP please use no vrrp vrid virtual ip command Syntax vrrp vrid vrid virtual ip virtual ip no vrrp vrid vrid virtual ip virtual ip Parameter vrid The virtual router ID virtual ip The IP address configured to the virtual router which must be in the same s
154. ax show ip pim neighbor interface fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port vlan vian id Parameter fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet The port type of the interface 329 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR xe amd ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO a 0 M EE CTT Te r port The port number vlan id The interface VLAN ID Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the information of all the PIM neighbors T3700G 28TQ config show ip pim neighbor show ip pim bsr router Description The show ip pim bsr router command is used to display the candidate BSR and RP information Syntax show ip pim bsr router Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the BSR and RP settings T3700G 28TQ config show ip pim bsr router show ip pim rp Description The show ip pim rp command is used to display the RP information of the specified multicast group Syntax show ip pim rp p addr mapping Parameter ip addr Specify the multicast group address of the desired RP mapping Display the active RPs that are cached with associated multicast routing entries 330 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men men Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the RP information of all the multicast groups T3700G 28TQ config show ip pim rp show ip pim rp hash
155. be configured If not specified configuration files of all the members in the stack will be configured Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the config2 cfg as the startup configuration file in all the switches in the stack T3700G 28TQ config boot config filename config2 startup copy backup config tftp Description The copy backup config tftp command is used to upload the backup configuration file to TFTP server 148 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax copy startup config tftp ip address jp addr filename name unit id Parameter ip IP address of the TFTP server name Specify the name for the backup configuration file which would be saved The uploaded configuration files will be named in the format as name_unitid cfg for example config_1 cfg config_2 cfg etc unit id Specify the unit in the stack whose backup configuration file would be saved If not specified backup configuration files of all the members in the stack will be uploaded Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Save the backup configuration files of all the members in the stack to TFTP server with the IP 192 168 0 148 and name these files as config with their unit ID as suffix T3700G 28TQ copy backup config tftp ip address 192 168 0 148 filename config copy startup config tftp Description The copy startup config tftp command is used to upload the backup
156. ble this function please use no ip dhcp relay information custom command Syntax ip dhcp relay information custom 296 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT no ip dhcp relay information custom Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable Option 82 customization T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp relay information custom ip dhcp relay information circuit id Description The ip dhcp relay information circuit id command is used to specify the custom circuit ID when option 82 customization is enabled To clear the circuit ID please use no ip dhcp relay information circuit id command Syntax ip dhcp relay information circuit id circuitID no ip dhcp relay information circuit id Parameter circuitID Specify the circuit ID ranging from 1 to 63 characters Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify the circuit ID as TP LINK T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp relay information circuit id TP LINK ip dhcp relay information remote id Description The ip dhcp relay information remote id command is used to specify the custom remote ID when option 82 customization is enabled To clear the remote ID please use no ip dhcp relay information remote id command Syntax ip dhcp relay information remote id remote D no ip dhcp relay information remote id Parameter remotelD Specify the remote ID ranging from 1 to 63 characters 297 T3700G 28TQ Jet treamm 28 Port Gigabit Stack
157. cation Description The ip ospf authentication command is used to configure the authentication mode of the specified interface To restore to default value please use the no ip ospf authentication command Syntax ip ospf authentication message digest null no ip ospf authentication Parameter message digest Specify the authentication type as MD5 null No authentication By default it is no authentication 376 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT If no authentication mode is specified here the default mode will be simple authentication Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the authentication type of interface VLAN 2 as MD5 T3700G 28T Q config if ip ospf authentication message digest ip ospf authentication key Description The ip ospf authentication key command is used to configure the key of the simple authentication To cancel this configuration please use the no ip ospf authentication key command Syntax ip ospf authentication key key no ip ospf authentication key Parameter key The authentication string ranging from 1 to 8 characters Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure simple authentication as the authentication mode of interface VLAN 2 and the password as 123 T3700G 28T Q config if ip ospf authentication key 123 ip ospf message digest key Description The ip ospf message digest key is u
158. ch is configured in port security module Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable all SNMP extended MAC address related traps for the switch T3700G 28TQ config snmp server traps mac Enable new MAC address trap only for the switch T3700G 28TQ config snmp server traps mac new snmp server traps vlan Description The snmp server traps vlan command is used to enable SNMP extended VLAN related traps which include two types create and delete To disable this function please use no snmp server traps vlan command Syntax snmp server traps vlan create delete no snmp server traps vlan create delete Parameter create Enable VLAN created trap It is sent when new VLAN is created successfully delete Enable VLAN deleted traps It is sent when VLAN is deleted successfully Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable all SNMP extended VLAN related traps for the switch T3700G 28TQ config snmp server traps vlan Enable VLAN created trap only for the switch 246 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee EL RELE ME MEMENTO men metro T3700G 28TQ config snmp server traps vlan create rmon history Description The rmon history command is used to configure the history sample entry To return to the default configuration please use no rmon history command RMON Remote Monitoring basing on SNMP architecture functions to monitor the network History Group is one of the commonly used RMO
159. cluded address Description The show ip dhcp server excluded address command is used to display the configuration of reserved addresses Syntax show ip dhcp server excluded address Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configured reserved addresses T3700G 28TQ config show ip dhcp server excluded address 292 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show ip dhcp server manual binding Description The show ip dhcp server manual binding command is used to display the configuration of static binding address Syntax show ip dhcp server manual binding Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configured static binding address T3700G 28TQ config show ip dhcp server manual binding show ip dhcp server binding Description The show ip dhcp server binding command is used to display the binding entries Syntax show ip dhcp server binding ip p address Parameter ip address Specify the binding IP address Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the address binding entries T3700G 28TQ config show ip dhcp server binding clear ip dhcp server statistics Description The clear ip dhcp server statistics command is used to clear the statistics information of DHCP packets 293 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax clear ip dhcp server
160. comes The range of value depends and the default value is 60 minutes It is optional 139 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men Metro Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify the DST start time of the switch as 2 00 am on the first Sunday in May the end time as 2 00 am on the last Sunday in October and the offset as 45 minutes T3700G 28TQ config system time dst recurring first Sun May 02 00 last Sun Oct 02 00 45 hostname Description The hostname command is used to configure the system name To clear the system name information please use no hostname command Syntax hostname hostname no hostname Parameter hostname System Name ranging from 1 to 32 characters It is the product name by default Here it is T3700G 28TQ Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the system name as TPLINK T3700G 28TQ config hostname TPLINK location Description The location command is used to configure the system location To clear the system location information please use no location command 140 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax location ocation no location Parameter location Device Location It consists of 32 characters at most It is SHENZHEN by default Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the system location as GUANGZHOU T3700G 28T Q config location GUANGZHOU contact info Description
161. command is used to display the configuration of Policy bind Syntax show access list bind Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration of Policy bind T3700G 28TQ show access list bind 206 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 28 MSTP Commands MSTP Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol compatible with both STP and RSTP and subject to IEEE 802 1s can disbranch a ring network STP is to block redundant links and backup links as well as optimize paths spanning tree global Description The spanning tree command is used to enable STP function globally To disable the STP function please use no spanning tree command Syntax spanning tree no spanning tree Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the STP function T3700G 28TQ config spanning tree spanning tree interface Description The spanning tree command is used to enable STP function for a port To disable the STP function please use no spanning tree command Syntax spanning tree no spanning tree Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the STP function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 2 207 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei M EE CTT Te T3700G 28TQ config int
162. config router ospf 1 T3700G 28T Q config router router id 1 1 1 1 network Description The network command is used to configure the network of a specified area All the interfaces fallen into the configured network will belong to this area To delete the specified network and its corresponding interfaces from this area please use the no network command Syntax network p address wildcard mask area area id no network p address wildcard mask area area id Parameter ip address The IP address of the network wildcard mask The wildcard mask of the network such as 0 0 0 255 The subnet mask is also compatible such as 255 0 0 0 area id The area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295 Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure the network 192 168 0 0 24 in the area 0 0 0 0 353 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men men T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28TQ config router f network 192 168 0 0 255 255 255 0 area 0 0 0 0 summary address Description The summary address command is used to configure a summary route To restore the optional parameters to default values please use the no summary address with corresponding parameters To delete the specified summary route please use no summary address without any optional parameters By default no external routes will be aggregated Use t
163. configuration file to TFTP server Syntax copy startup config tftp ip address p addr filename name unit id Parameter ip addr IP address of the TFTP server name Specify the name for the startup configuration file which would be saved The uploaded configuration files will be named in the format as name_unitid cfg for example config_1 cfg config_2 cfg etc 149 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men metro unit id Specify the unit in the stack whose startup configuration file would be saved If not specified startup configuration files of all the members in the stack will be uploaded Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Save the startup configuration file of all the members in the stack to TFTP server with the IP 192 168 0 148 and name these files as config with their unit ID as suffix T3700G 28TQ copy startup config tftp ip address 192 168 0 148 filename config copy tftp backup config Description The copy tftp backup config command is used to download the configuration file from TFTP server to the switch as the backup configuration file Syntax copy tftp backup config ip address p addr filename name unit id Parameter ip addr IP address of the TFTP server name Specify the name of the configuration file which would be downloaded The configuration file with the name name_unitid cfg will be downloaded to the switch with corresponding unit ID in
164. conncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnncnnccnns 304 ip igmp Tegultre rOouler alert neee EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE 305 Ri ul fein 305 ip igmp send router alert AAA 306 ip igmp Startup OuUerv Jnternval eerren reee reee reer tseerserrssrrsserssrtsserssensserssensennseennnt 307 IP IGMp Startup QUEFY COUNE 2 einean eaae ie E eai Ea EACE ENEE Aaaa 307 ip igmp static group interface vlan 308 ip igmp static group routed port 309 IP IGMP profile scsi tae rr o dades 310 DEE enee eebe eener E EA 310 PM Ra gate ye 311 lu TT 311 IPG IMPS ee cose Ms ahead ca o tek cna een AA ee aad Aaa Sea ele orden tate 312 IP IGMP MaX Groups laa eel 312 SHOW IP IGMP Profile cocidas 314 SHOW Ip IGMP QrOUPS Hvis sisted een i a at nein eh eee 314 show ip igmp groups interface c ccccccccceceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeecceneeaeeeeeeeeeeeceieaeeeeeeeeseeeenseneeees 315 show ip igmp groups interface van 315 show ip igmp groups static ee cee eee cence ceases aes aes aaeeaaaeeaeeeaae seas aaae seas EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE 316 show ip igmp groups static Interface 316 show ip igmp groups static interface van 317 show ip igmp groups port info dhvpnamic rtrtreertrrtrtrn retrete nnen enne 317 Showipigmp interater n a aaa ira 318 show ip igmp interface van 319 show ip igmp interface Joopback 319 Chapter 38 PIM Commande AAA 321 Rule e Le EE 321 SR CIE 321 ERR E e e ET 322 ip pim spt threshold infinity
165. cs curia iia 291 GU Ve eneen ge ele ER 292 show ip dhcp server excluded addresS ooooococcccncccncccncconnconcconnnonnconononcnoncnnnnonononoconononaconnss 292 show ip dhcp server manual binding i i i i rn nr rn 293 show ip dhcp server binding AAA 293 clear ip dhcp server sStatiStiCS AER 293 l ar ip dhcp server Dinding DT 294 Chapter 35 DHCP Relay oi ad di 295 deele e E 295 ip dhep r lay information a A A A i 295 ip dhcp relay information Policy oooooonocococncccnccnonoconcnnococnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnanenens 296 ip dhcp relay information Custom 296 ip dhcp relay information clrcutt jd non ocn nnnnnnnnnnnncnncnnnnos 297 ip dhcp relay information remote id ooooococcccccccncocoooccccnccconcnnonnncnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnencnnnnnos 297 Show ip dhep RTE 298 Chapter 36 Proxy ARP Commands icci cceeceseccorceseieneceserearcesetcnecenetaneceneteneceneteneredees 299 IPPO tiara 299 SNOW IP Proxy alpiene adea a eaS AAA A A 299 Chapter 37 IGMP Commands geed 301 XIV PM e e a a ee EERE EERE EEE EE Eee ree 301 IP mp VISION nen ipa a i RR RARA RR RRA RR RR a 301 ip igmp Lost member Ouerv counmt eese resrreeerssrtssttsertssrttsetseetesetssetssenssensne 302 ip igmp last member query interval ccccccccecceeceeeceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteesteeetegs 302 Ries de UnL LEE 303 IP IGMP QUERY Valsa sete A ds ead eae A vee aaah eas 304 ip igmp query max response time ooocccccnncnnn
166. d as the startup configuration file If not specified current backup configuration files all the members in the stack will be saved as their startup configuration files Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Save all the members backup configuration files as their startup configuration files in the stack T3700G 28TQ copy backup config startup config copy startup config backup config Description The copy startup config running config command is used to save the startup configuration file as the backup configuration file Syntax copy startup config backup config unit id 146 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Parameter unit id Specify the unit in the stack whose startup configuration file would be saved as the backup configuration file If not specified current startup configuration files of all the members in the stack will be saved as their backup configuration files Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Save all the member s startup configuration files as the backup configuration files in the stack T3700G 28TQ copy startup config backup config boot application Description The boot application command is used to configure the image file as startup image or backup image Syntax boot application filename image image 2 startup backup unitid no boot application Parameter image1 image2 Specify the image file to be configured
167. d or Configuration mode press Ctrl Z to return to Use the interface vlan vlan id 13700G 28TQ config if Privileged EXEC mode command to enter VLAN Auk Enter the exit or the Interface mode from Global ees command to return to Configuration mode range Global Configuration Use the interface loopback id mode command to enter Loopback Interface mode from Global Configuration mode Use the end command or Use the ip dhcp server pool press Ctrl Z to return to DHCP pool name command to enter Privileged EXEC mode Configuration DHCP Configuration Mode T3700 28TQ config dhcp Enter the exit or the Mode from Global Configuration command to return to mode Global Configuration mode Use the end command or MST Use the spanning tree mst press Ctrl Z to return to i i Privileged EXEC mode Configuration configuration command to T3700G 28TQ config mst g l enter this mode from Global Enter the exit or the Mode Configuration mode command to return to Global configuration mode Note 1 The user is automatically in User EXEC Mode after the connection between the PC and the switch is established by a console port or by a telnet connection 2 Each command mode has its own set of specific commands To configure some commands you should access the corresponding command mode firstly the Spanning Tree Schedule Mode and so on 19 Global Configuration Mode In this mode global commands are provided such as T3700G 28TQ ROSES R
168. d the desired Trunk port to IEEE 802 1Q VLAN To remove a Trunk port from the corresponding VLAN please use no switchport trunk allowed vlan command Syntax switchport trunk allowed vlan vlan list all no switchport trunk allowed vlan vian list all Parameter vlan list VLAN ID list ranging from 2 to 4094 in the format of 2 3 5 It is multi optional all Add the port to all of the existing VLANs Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure the link type of port 2 as trunk and add it to VLAN 2 33 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men men T3700G 28TQ config Hinterface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28T Q config if switchport mode trunk T3700G 28T Q config if switchport trunk allowed vlan 2 switchport general allowed vlan Description The switchport general allowed vlan command is used to add the desired General port to IEEE 802 1Q VLAN or to remove a port from the corresponding VLAN Syntax switchport general allowed vlan vian list tagged untagged no switchport general allowed vlan vian list Parameter vlan list VLAN ID list ranging from 2 to 4094 in the format of 2 3 5 It is multi optional tagged untagged egress rule Command Mode Interface Configuration
169. ddress in dotted decimal notation or decimal value ranging from O to 4294967295 router id The ID of the neighboring router on the other endpoint of the virtual link in the format of dotted decimal notation message digest Configure the configuration type as MD5 null No authentication By default it is no authentication If no authentication mode is specified here the default mode will be simple authentication 370 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET LE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure simple authentication as the authentication mode of a virtual link with the transmission area as Area 2 and the ID of the neighboring router on the other endpoint as 3 3 3 3 T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28T Q config router area 2 virtual link 3 3 3 3 authentication area virtual link authentication key Description The area virtual link authentication key command is used to configure the simple authentication key To delete the key please use the no area virtual link authentication key command Syntax area transit area virtual link router id authentication key key no area transit area virtual link router id authentication key Parameter transit area The transition area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal notation or decimal value ranging from O to 4294967295 router id The ID of the neighboring router on the other endpoint of th
170. ddress pool product as 10 minutes T3700G 28TQ config H ip dhcp server pool product T3700G 28TQ config dhcp lease 10 address hardware address Description The address hardware address command is used to reserve the static address bound with hardware address in the address pool To delete the binding please use no address hardware address 288 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax address jp address hardware address hardware address hardware type ethernet ieee802 no address p address Parameter ip address Specify the static binding IP address hardware address Specify the hardware address in the format XX NN NN NN NN NN ethernet ieee802 Specify the hardware type Command Mode DHCP Configuration Mode Example Reserve the IP address 192 168 0 10 in the address pool product for the device with the MAC address as 5e 4c a6 31 24 01 and the hardware type as ethernet T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp server pool product T3700G 28TQ config dhcp address 192 168 0 10 hardware address 5e 4c a6 31 24 01 hardware type ethernet address client identifier Description The address client identifier command is used to specify the static address bound with client ID in the address pool To delete the binding please use no address command Syntax address p address client identifier client id ascii no address p address Parameter ip address Specify the s
171. de Example Create a cluster and configure its IP address pool as 192 168 10 1 192 168 0 254 T3700G 28TQ config cluster ip pool 192 168 10 1 255 255 255 0 cluster commander Description The cluster commander command is used to specify the cluster name and you can only specify the cluster name before you create the cluster Syntax cluster commander name Parameter name The cluster name ranging from 1 to 16 characters Command Mode Global Configuration Mode 270 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Configure the newly created cluster name as tp T3700G 28TQ config cluster commander tp cluster manage Description The cluster manage command is used to configure the hold time and interval to send handshake packets of the cluster To return to the default configuration please use no cluster manage command Syntax cluster manage holdtime hold time timer interval time no cluster manage holdtime timer Parameter hold time Hold Time which is the time for the switch to keep the cluster information Hold Time ranges from 1 to 255 in seconds It is 20 by default interval time Interval Time which is the interval to send handshake packets Interval Time ranges from 1 to 255 in seconds It is 20 by default Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify the Hold Time and Interval Time of the cluster as 50 seconds T3700G 28T Q config cluster m
172. default timeout time please use no user idle timeout command Syntax user idle timeout minutes no user idle timeout 75 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Parameter minutes The timeout time ranging from 5 to 30 in minutes The value is 10 by default Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the timeout time of the switch as 15 minutes T3700G 28T Q config user idle timeout 15 line Description The line command is used to enter the Line Configuration Mode and make related configurations for the desired user s including the login mode and password configurations Syntax line console inenum vty startlinenum endlinenum Parameter linenum The number of users allowed to login through console port Its value is 0 in general as there is only one console port on a switch startlinenum The start serial number of the login user selected to configure the login mode and password ranging from O to 15 O means the first login user number 1 means the second and the rest can be done on the same manner endlinenum The end serial number of the login user selected to configure the login mode and password ranging from O to 15 O means the first login user number 1 means the second and the rest can be done on the same manner Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enter the Console port configuration mode and configure the console port 0 T3700
173. didate interface fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port loopback id vlan vian id y Parameter fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet The port type of the interface port The port number id The interface loopback ID vian id The interface VLAN ID pri The priority of the RP ranging from O to 255 interval The interval of RP advertisement interval It ranges from 1 to 255 seconds Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the candidate RP on interface VLAN 2 with the priority as 20 and the interval of RP advertisement interval as 70s T3700G 28TQ config ip pim rp candidate interface vlan 2 priority 20 interval 70 324 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te ip pim rp address Description The ip pim rp address command is used to configure the static RP To disable the static RP please use no ip pim rp address command Syntax ip pim rp address ip addr override no ip pim rp address p addr Parameter ip addr Specify the IP address of the static RP override The RP configured with this command prevails if there is a conflict between the RP configured with this command and one learned by BSR Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the IP address of the static RP as 20 20 20 2 T3700G 28TQ config ip pim rp address 20 20 20 2 ip pim bsr border Descr
174. ds as 2 seconds on Interface VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip igmp last member query interval 2 ip igmp querier timeout Description The ip igmp querier timeout command is used to configure the existing time of the non querier on specified interface To restore to the default value on this interface please use no igmp querier timeout command Syntax ip igmp querier timeout time no ip igmp querier timeout Parameter time Specify the existing time of the non querier The default value is 120 seconds Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the existing time of non querier as 100 seconds on Interface VLAN 2 303 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te r T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip igmp querier timeout 100 ip igmp query interval Description The ip igmp query interval command is used to configure the interval of General Query Messages that the switch sends on specified interface To restore to the default value on this interface please use no ip igmp query interval command Syntax ip igmp query interval interval no ip igmp query interval Parameter interval Specify the interval of General Query Messages that the switch sends The default value is 60 seconds Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the interval of General Query Messages that the s
175. e spanning tree Enable spanning tree trap It is sent when the port forwarding status changes or the port receives TCN packet or packet with TC flag memory Enable memory trap It is sent when CPU usage exceeds 80 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable SNMP extended bandwidth control trap for the switch T3700G 28TQ config snmp server traps bandwidth control snmp server traps mac Description The snmp server traps mac command is used to enable SNMP extended MAC address related traps which include four types new full learn mode change and max learned To disable the sending of SNMP extended MAC address related traps please use no snmp server traps mac command snmp server traps mac new full learn mode change max learned no snmp server traps mac new full learn mode change max learned Parameter new Enable new MAC address trap It is sent when the switch learns new MAC address including dynamic address static address and filter address full Enable MAC address table trap It is sent when the MAC address table is full 245 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te r learn mode change Enable MAC address learn mode change trap It is sent when MAC address learning mode of the switch changes max learned Enable MAC address max learned trap It is sent when the amount of learned MAC address reaches the limit whi
176. e virtual link in the format of dotted decimal notation key The authentication string ranging from 1 to 8 characters Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure simple authentication as the authentication mode of a virtual link with the transmission area as Area 2 and the ID of the neighboring router on the other endpoint as 3 3 3 3 and the authentication key as 123456 T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 371 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO men Metro T3700G 28T Q config router area 2 virtual link 3 3 3 3 authentication key 123456 area virtual link message digest key Description The area virtual link message digest key is used to configure the MD5 authentication ID and key of the virtual link To delete the specified configuration please use the no area virtual link message digest key command Syntax area transit area virtual link router id message digest key id md5 key no area fransit area virtual link router id message digest key id Parameter transit area The transition area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal notation or decimal value ranging from O to 4294967295 router id The ID of the neighboring router on the other endpoint of the virtual link in the format of dotted decimal notation id The key ID of the MD5 ranging from 1 to 255 key The authentication string ranging from 1 to 16 characters Command Mode Router Con
177. e time slice4 time slice no periodic no periodic week date no periodic time slice Parameter week day Periodic Mode in the format of 1 3 6 or daily weekend weekdays 1 3 6 represent Monday Tuesday Wednesday and Saturday daily represents every day weekend represents weekend and weekdays represents working day By default the Periodic Mode is disabled 193 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men metro time slice Create the time slice in the format of HH MM HH MM Command Mode Time range Configuration Mode Example Configure the time range tSeg1 with time from 8 30 to 12 00 at weekend T3700G 28T Q config time range tSeg1 T3700G 28T Q config time range periodic week date weekend time slice1 08 30 12 00 holiday Description The holiday command is used to configure the time range into Holiday Mode under Time range Create Configuration Mode To delete the corresponding Holiday Mode time range please use no holiday command Syntax holiday no holiday Command Mode Time range Configuration Mode Example Configure the time range tSeg1 into Holiday Mode T3700G 28T Q config time range tSeg1 T3700G 28T Q config time range holiday holiday global Description The holiday command is used to define a holiday To delete the corresponding holiday please use no holiday command Syntax holiday name start date start date end date end date no holiday 194 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME R
178. e fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure the Gigabit Ethernet ports 1 0 2 5 as the Trusted Port T3700G 28T Q config interface range gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 5 T3700G 28T Q config if range ip arp inspection trust ip arp inspection interface Description The ip arp inspection command is used to enable the ARP Defend function To disable the ARP detection function please use no ip arp inspection command ARP Attack flood produces lots of ARP Packets which will occupy the bandwidth and slow the network speed extremely With the ARP Defend enabled the switch can terminate receiving the ARP packets for 300 seconds when the transmission speed of the legal ARP packet on the port exceeds the defined value so as to avoid ARP Attack flood Syntax ip arp inspection no ip arp inspection Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the arp defend function for the Gigabit Ethernet ports 1 0 2 6 T3700G 28TQ config interface range gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 6 T3700G 28T Q config if range ip arp inspection 92 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT ip arp inspection limit rate Description The ip arp
179. e fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure the Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 2 to be a Trusted Port T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip dhcp snooping trust ip dhcp snooping mac verify Description The ip dhcp snooping mac verify command is used to enable the MAC Verify feature To disable the MAC Verify feature please use no ip dhcp snooping mac verify command There are two fields of the DHCP packet containing the MAC address of the Host The MAC Verify feature is to compare the two fields and discard the packet if the two fields are different Syntax ip dhcp snooping mac verify no ip dhcp snooping mac verify 86 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the MAC Verify feature for the Gigabit Ethernet port 10 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config if ip dhcp snooping mac verify ip dhcp snooping limit rate Description The ip dhcp snooping limit rate command is used to enable the Flow Control feature for the DHCP packets The excessive DHCP packets will be discarded To
180. e 25 Chapters A RR TREN 26 SWITCH PRO Yi a hese antiga 26 SWITCH Rn nl 26 switch authenticaton mode 27 A LEE 28 e Ee OTT 28 SOOWESWIC ee Meet An aaah cies deed ee Gas Ranier deg e 29 Chapter4 IEEE 802 1Q VLAN Commande 30 VEAP A A A AAA A A A AA dev Ad E a 30 A A TN 31 MAME iia idolo idol lua endo dao dedo 31 SWITCHPOME MAA es eo der ed 32 switchport access VIAN eee non nn nn nn nro nn nn nn nn nnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnss 32 switchport trunk allowed vam 33 switchport general allowed van 34 SITO POT PUT ia ei A ee A A A 35 ShoOWiinterface switchport EE 35 SHOW Vian SUMIMALY e aar r ositos teni eet ee 36 Show vam eu 36 IATE EATE A E EEA E E 37 Chapter 5 MAC based VLAN Commande 38 Ten Bue 38 Ten TEE 39 SNOW MAC VA A een A leachate ae eee ee 39 show mac vlan Interface 40 Chapter6 Protocol based VLAN Commande rreren 41 Protocol Vian te ul 41 protocolvdlan VIM TEEN 42 Protocol Wl aN EE 42 show protocol vlan Template 43 show protocol vlan van 44 Chapter 7 VLAN VPN Commands tao 45 AO Ko m e Lu Lu 45 ele oe GO Lal Rtl vn A A ee N iini 45 Got qUe Map PING D 46 switchport dot1q tunnel mappimg nn rn 46 switchport dot1q tunnel mode oooocoocccccccncconccnnnconnconnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononononeninnnnss 47 Ne ee AKO Eat Ile REN 48 show dot1q tunnel Mapping ANN 48 show dot1q tunnel interface ccccceceeceeee cece eeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeesecceeaeeeeeeeeceencaeaeeeeeeeesseeenseneeees 49
181. e IP obtaining function on the specified interface please use the no ip address command This command applies to the routed port and the VLAN interface Syntax ip address alloc dhcp bootp no ip address 142 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Parameter dhcp Specify the Layer 3 interface to obtain IP address from the DHCP Server bootp Specify the Layer 3 interface to obtain IP address from the BOOTP Server Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Enable the DHCP Client function on the Lay 3 routed port 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 T3700G 28T Q config if no switchport T3700G 28T Q config if ip address alloc dhcp Disable the IP address obtaining function on the VLAN interface 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if no ip address reset Description The reset command is used to reset the switch s software After resetting all configuration of the switch will restore to the factory defaults and your current settings will be lost Syntax reset unitid Parameter unitid Specify the unit in the stack to reset its software If not specified all members software in the stack will be reset Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Reset the software of all the members in the stack T3700G 28TQ reset 143 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te K reboot Desc
182. e address configuration of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ config show mac address table interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 show mac address table count Description The show mac address table count command is used to display the total amount of MAC address table Syntax show mac address table count unit unit id vlan vian id 132 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Parameter unit id Specify the unit id of the switch in the stack vlan id Specify the VLAN which the switch belongs to Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the total amount of MAC address table in all the units of the stack sorted by VLAN T3700G 28TQ config show mac address table count Display the total amount of MAC address table in unit 2 of the stack sorted by VLAN T3700G 28TQ config show mac address table count unit 2 Display the total amount of MAC address table in VLAN 1 of unit 2 of the stack T3700G 28TQ config show mac address table count unit 2 vlan 1 Display the total amount of MAC address table in VLAN 2 of all the units of the stack T3700G 28TQ config show mac address table count vlan 2 show mac address table address Description The show mac address table address command is used to display the information of a specified MAC address Syntax show mac address table address mac addr interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet
183. e default configuration please use no default metric command 345 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax default metric metric no default metric Parameter metric Specify the default metric ranging from 1 to 15 By default it is 1 Command Mode Router Configuration Mode router rip Example Configure the default metric of RIP as 5 T3700G 28TQ config router rip T3700G 28TQ config router default metric 5 redistribute Description The redistribute command is used to enable RIP to redistribute external routes By default it is disabled To return to the default configuration please use no redistribute command Syntax redistribute static ospf metric metric value no redistribute static ospf metric Parameter static Enable RIP to redistribute the external static routes ospf Enable RIP to redistribute the external OSPF routes metric value Configure the metric for the added external route Command Mode Router Configuration Mode router rip Example Enable RIP to redistribute the external static routes and specify the metric as 5 T3700G 28TQ config router rip T3700G 28T Q config router redistribute static metric 5 346 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT passive interface Description The passive interface command is used to suppress the sending of update messages through the specified interface To activate the inter
184. e flash frequency Parameter periodic The frequency to synchronize the system log file in the log buffer to the flash ranging from 1 to 48 hours By default the synchronization process takes place every 24 hours immediate The system log file in the buffer will be synchronized to the flash immediately This option will reduce the life of the flash and is not recommended Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify the log file synchronization frequency as 10 hours T3700G 28TQ config logging file flash frequency 10 logging file flash level Description The logging file flash level command is used to specify the system log message severity level Messages will a severity level equal to or higher than this value will be stored to the flash To restore to the default level please use no logging file flash level command Syntax logging file flash level eve no logging file flash level 114 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Parameter level Severity level of the log message There are 8 severity levels marked with values 0 7 The smaller value has the higher priority Only the log with the same or smaller severity level value will be saved to the flash By default it is 2 indicating that the log message marked with 0 2 will be saved in the log flash Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Save the log messages with their severities equal or higher tha
185. e interface range fastEthernet gjigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port list loopback id list vlan vian list Parameter fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet The port type of the interfaces port list The ports number id list The interface loopback IDs vian list The interface VLAN IDs Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Prevent interface VLAN 1 3 from sending OSPF packets in routing process 1 T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28T Q config router passive interface vlan 1 3 passive interface default Description The passive interface default command is used to prevent all the interfaces from sending OSPF packets To restore to the default settings please use no passive interface default command All the interfaces are allowed to send OSPF packets by default Syntax passive interface default no passive interface default Command Mode Router Configuration Mode 363 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT Example Prevent all the interfaces from sending OSPF packets in routing process 1 T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28T Q config router passive interface default no area Description The no area command is used to delete the specified area Only areas containing no networks can be deleted Syntax no area area id Parameter area id The area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal
186. e unit in the stack whose image files information will be displayed If not specified the system image files information of all the switches in the stack will be displayed Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the system image files information of all the switches in the stack T3700G 28TQ show image info 161 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR deele ET LE ME EEN MB WZ lei BRETT show running config Description The show running config command is used to display the current operating configuration of the system or of a specified port Syntax show running config unitid Parameter unitid Specify the unit in the stack to display its operating configuration If not specified all the members operating configurations will be displayed in the stack Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display all the members current operating configuration in the stack T3700G 28TQ show running config show boot Description The show boot command is used to display the current boot configuration of the system Syntax show boot unitid Parameter unitid Specify the unit in the stack whose boot configuration information will be displayed If not specified the boot configuration information of all the switches in the stack will be displayed Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode 162 T3700G 28TQ TC
187. each channel There are 8 severity levels marked with values 0 7 The smaller value has the higher priority Only the log with the same or smaller severity level value will be output By default it is 7 indicating that all the log information will be saved in the log buffer Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Set the severity level as 6 T3700G 28TQ config logging buffer level 6 logging file flash Description The logging file flash command is used to store the log messages in a file in the flash on the switch To disable the log file flash function please use no logging file flash command The log file flash indicates the flash sector for saving system log The information in the log file of the flash will not be lost after the switch is restarted and can be got by the show logging flash command Syntax logging file flash no logging file flash Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the log file flash function T3700G 28TQ config logging file flash 113 T3700G 28TQ ROSES de Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D Be men metro logging file flash frequency Description The logging file flash frequency command is used to specify the frequency to synchronize the system log file in the log buffer to the flash To resume the default synchronizing frequency please use the no logging file flash frequency command Syntax logging file flash frequency periodic periodic immediate no logging fil
188. eboot and reset the switch upgrade the switch system and commands used for device diagnose including loopback test and cable test system time manual Description The system time manual command is used to configure the system time manually Syntax system time manual time Parameter time Set the date and time manually in the format of MM DD YYYY HH MM SS Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the system time as 02 14 2012 12 30 00 T3700G 28TQ config system time manual 02 14 2012 12 30 00 system time ntp Description The system time ntp command is used to configure the time zone and the IP address for the NTP Server The switch will get UTC automatically if it has connected to an NTP Server Syntax system time ntp timezone ntp server backup ntp server fetching rate 135 T3700G 28TQ ROSES de Tee ET ET ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Ter Parameter timezone Your local time zone and it ranges from UTC 12 00 to UTC 13 00 The detailed information that each time zone means are displayed as follow UTC 12 00 TimeZone for International Date Line West UTC 11 00 TimeZone for Coordinated Universal Time 11 UTC 10 00 TimeZone for Hawaii UTC 09 00 TimeZone for Alaska UTC 08 00 TimeZone for Pacific Time US Canada UTC 07 00 TimeZone for Mountain Time US Canada UTC 06 00 TimeZone for Central Time US Canada UTC
189. ed EXEC Mode from User EXEC Mode To return to the default configuration please use no enable password command Syntax enable password password secret simple cipher no enable password Parameter password super password which contains 31 characters at most composing digits English letters and underdashes only By default it is empty simple cipher The way of displaying password in configuration file By default it is simple 22 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Set the super password as admin to access Privileged EXEC Mode from User EXEC Mode T3700G 28TQ config enable password admin disable Description The disable command is used to return to User EXEC Mode from Privileged EXEC Mode Syntax disable Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Return to User EXEC Mode from Privileged EXEC Mode T3700G 28TQ disable T3700G 28TQ gt configure Description The configure command is used to access Global Configuration Mode from Privileged EXEC Mode Syntax configure Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Access Global Configuration Mode from Privileged EXEC Mode 23 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMERA ME MEMENTO men men end T3700G 28T Q configure T3700G 28T Q config Description The exit command is used to return to the previous Mode from the current Mode Syntax exit Command
190. eged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the statistics of the IGMP packets received on the gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ config show ip igmp interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 statistic 318 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR ROME RE ME MEMENTO men mcr show ip igmp interface vlan Description The show ip igmp interface vlan command is used to display the IGMP configuration information on the specified interface VLAN Syntax show ip igmp interface vlan vian id detail statistic Parameter vlan id Specify the interface VLAN ID detail The detailed information of the IGMP configuration on the specified interface VLAN statistic The IGMP packet statistics received on the specified interface VLAN Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the IGMP configuration information on the Interface VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config show ip igmp interface vlan 2 show ip igmp interface loopback Description The show ip igmp interface loopback command is used to display the IGMP configuration information on the specified interface loopback Syntax show ip igmp interface loopback loopback id detail statistic Parameter loopback id Specify the interface loopback ID detail The detailed information of the IGMP configuration on the specified interface loopback statistic The IGMP packet statistics received on the specified interface loopb
191. elbourne Sydney Brisbane UTC 11 00 TimeZone for Solomon Is New Caledonia Vladivostok UTC 12 00 TimeZone for Fiji Magadan Auckland Wellington UTC 13 00 TimeZone for Nuku alofa Samoa ntp server The IP address for the Primary NTP Server backup ntp server The IP address for the Secondary NTP Server fetching rate Specify the rate fetching time from NTP server Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the system time mode as NTP the time zone is UTC 12 00 the primary NTP server is 133 100 9 2 and the secondary NTP server is 139 78 100 163 the fetching rate is 11 hours T3700G 28TQ config system time ntp UTC 12 00 133 100 9 2 139 79 100 163 11 system time dst predefined Description The system time dst predefined command is used to select a predefined DST configuration and the configuration can be recycled Syntax system time dst predefined USA Australia Europe New Zealand Parameter USA Australia Europe New Zealand Predefined DST mode with four options USA Australia Europe and New Zealand By default the setting is Europe The DST time periods which the four predefined DST mode represents are displayed as follow 137 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT USA Second Sunday in March 02 00 First Sunday in November 02 00 Australia First Sunday in October 02 00 First Sunday in April
192. erface By default the authentication mode is none that is use no authentication Syntax ip rip authentication mode md5 key id key string simple key string none Parameter md5 key id key string Enter the authentication key ID and key string if you choose the MD5 authentication mode The key ID ranges from 1 to 255 The length of the key string is up to 16 octets simple key string Enter the authentication key string if you choose the simple authentication mode The length of the key string is up to 16 octets none Do not use any authentication 349 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the RIP authentication mode of interface VLAN2 as simple and specify its key as 123 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip rip authentication mode simple 123 ip rip poison reverse Description The ip rip poison reverse command is used to enable poison reverse function on the desired interface To disable the poison reverse function please use no ip rip poison reverse command Syntax ip rip poison reverse no ip rip poison reverse Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Enable poison reverse function on the interface VLAN2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip rip poison reverse ip rip split horizon Description The ip rip split horizon command is used to
193. erface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28T Q config if spanning tree spanning tree common config Description The spanning tree common config command is used to configure the parameters of the ports for comparison in the CIST and the common parameters of all instances To return to the default configuration please use no spanning tree common config command CIST Common and Internal Spanning Tree is the spanning tree in a switched network connecting all devices in the network spanning tree common config port priority priority ext cost ext cosf int cost int cost portfast enable disable point to point auto open close no spanning tree common config Parameter priority Port Priority which must be multiple of 16 ranging from 0 to 240 By default the port priority is 128 Port Priority is an important criterion on determining if the port connected to this port will be chosen as the root port In the same condition the port with the highest priority will be chosen as the root port The lower value has the higher priority ext cost External Path Cost which is used to choose the path and calculate the path costs of ports in different MST regions It is an important criterion on determining the root port The lower value has the higher priority It ranges from o to 2000000 By default it is O which is mean auto int cost Internal Path Cost which is used to choose the path and calculate the
194. erver ping packets command is used to specify the number of PING packets sent If this value is set to 0 the PING process will be disabled Syntax ip dhcp server ping packets num Parameter num Specify the PING packets number ranging from O to 10 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify the PING packets number as 2 T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp server ping packets 2 network Description The network command is used to specify the address and subnet of the network pool Syntax network network address subnet mask 287 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO men men Parameter network address Specify the network address of the pool with the format A B C D All the IP addresses in the same subnet are allocatable except the reserved addresses and specific addresses subnet mask Specify the subnet mask of the pool with the format A B C D Command Mode DHCP Configuration Mode Example Specify the address pool product as 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp server pool product T3700G 28TQ config dhcp network 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 lease Description The lease command is used to specify the lease time of the address pool Syntax lease lease time Parameter lease time Specify the lease time of the pool ranging from 1 to 2880 minutes The default value is 120 minutes Command Mode DHCP Configuration Mode Example Specify the lease time of a
195. ery count Description The ip igmp last member query count command is used to configure the number of Specific Query Messages that the switch sends on specified interface To restore to the default value on this interface please use no ip igmp last member query count command Syntax ip igmp last member query count count no ip igmp last member query count Parameter count Specify the number of Specific Query Messages that the switch sends The default value is 2 Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the number of Specific Query Messages that the switch sends as 3 on Interface VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip igmp last member query count 3 ip igmp last member query interval Description The ip igmp last member query interval command is used to configure the interval of Specific Query Messages that the switch sends on specified interface 302 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT To restore to the default value on this interface please use no ip igmp last member query interval command Syntax ip igmp last member query interval interval no ip igmp last member query interval Parameter interval Specify the interval of Specific Query Messages that the switch sends The default value is 1 second Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the interval of Specific Query Messages that the switch sen
196. es informs are sent The inform type has a higher security than the trap type and resend and timeout need to be configured if you select this option You can only select the trap type in Security Model v1 By default the type of the notifications is trap retries The amount of times the switch retries an inform request ranging from 1 to 255 The switch will resend the inform request if it doesn t get the response from the management station during the Timeout interval and it will terminate resending the inform request if the resending times reach the specified Retry times 241 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT timeout The maximum time for the switch to wait for the response from the management station before resending a request ranging from 1 to 3600 in seconds Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Add a Notification entry and configure the IP address of the management Host as 192 168 0 146 the UDP port as 162 the User name of the management station as admin the Security Model of the management station as v2c the type of the notifications as inform the maximum time for the switch to wait as 1000 seconds and the retries time as 100 T3700G 28TQ config snmp server host 192 168 0 146 162 admin smode v2c type inform retries 100 timeout 1000 snmp server enginelD Description Syntax The snmp server enginelD command is used to configure the local and remote
197. eter port list The list of Gigabit Ethernet ports Command Mode Global Configuration Mode User Guidelines Command in the Interface Range gigabitEthernet Mode is executed independently on all ports in the range It does not affect the execution on the other ports at all if the command results in an error on one port Example To enter the Interface Range gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure Gigabit Ethernet ports 10 11 and 18 at the same time by adding them to one port list T3700G 28TQ config interface range gigabitEthernet 1 0 10 11 1 0 18 interface ten gigabitEthernet Description The interface ten gigabitEthernet command is used to enter the interface ten gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure the corresponding Ten Gigabit Ethernet port Syntax interface ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number Command Mode Global Configuration Mode 167 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example To enter the Interface gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure Ten Gigabit Ethernet port 25 T3700G 28TQ config H interface ten gigabitEthernet 1 0 25 interface range ten gigabitEthernet Description The interface range ten gigabitEthernet command is used to enter the interface range ten gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure multiple Ten Gigabit Ethernet ports at the same time Syntax interface range ten gi
198. etwork device with the IP 192 168 0 131 If the destination device has not been found after 20 maxHops the connection between the switch and the destination device is failed to establish T3700G 28TQ tracert 192 168 0 131 h 20 loopback interface Description The loopback interface command is used to test whether the port is available or not Syntax loopback interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port internal external Parameter port The Fast Gigabit ten Gigabit Ethernet port number internal external Loopback Type There are two options internal and external Command Mode User EXEC Mode and Privileged EXEC Mode 157 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO Mene nr Example Conduct an internal type loopback test for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 20 T3700G 28TQ loopback interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 20 internal Conduct an external type loopback test for Gigabit Ethernet port 20 T3700G 28TQ loopback interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 20 external show system time Description The show system time command is used to display the current time system and its source Syntax show system time Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the time information of the switch T3700G 28TQ show system time show system time dst Description The show system time dst command is used to display the DST t
199. f TCO TC1 TC2 TC3 TC4 TC5 TC6 andTC7 is 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 sp wrr Strict Priority Weight Round Robin Mode In this mode the switch provides two scheduling groups SP group and WRR group Queues in SP group and WRR group are scheduled strictly based on Strict Priority mode 183 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei M EE CTT Te while the queues inside WRR group follow the WRR mode In SP WRR mode TC7 is the SP group TCO to TC6 belong to the WRR group and the weight value ratio of TCO to TC6 is 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 In this way when scheduling queues the switch allows TC7 to occupy the whole bandwidth following the SP mode and TCO to TC6 in the WRR group will take up the bandwidth according to their ratio 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 equ Equal Mode In this mode all the queues occupy the bandwidth equally The weight value ratio of all the queues is 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify the Schedule Mode as Weight Round Robin Mode T3700G 28TQ config qos queue mode wrr show qos interface Description The show qos interface command is used to display the configuration of QoS based on port priority Syntax show qos interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Fast Gigabit ten Gigabit Ethernet port number Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configu
200. face please use no passive interface command Syntax passive interface interface interface type interface number no passive interface interface interface type interface number Parameter interface type Type of the interface including fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet loopback and VLAN interface number Number of the interface Command Mode Router Configuration Mode router rip Example Suppress the sending of update messages through the interface VLAN 1 T3700G 28TQ config router rip T3700G 28T Q config router passive interface interface vlan 1 ip rip receive version Description The ip rip receive version command is used to specify the RIP receive version on the desired interface To return to the default configuration please use no rip receive version command The interfaces use the global configuration configured with version command before you specify its own RIP send receive version Syntax ip rip receive version 1 2 no ip rip receive version 347 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Parameter 1 2 Specify the RIP receive version By default it receives both version 1 and version 2 packets Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the interface VLAN2 to receive RIPv1 packets only T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip rip receive version 1 ip rip send version Description
201. face command is used to display all ports or the specified port s configuration information of 801 X Syntax show dot1x interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number Display the configuration of all the ports by default 109 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration information of 801 X for Gigabit Ethernet port 20 T3700G 28TQ config show dot1x interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 20 Display the configuration information of 801 X for all Ethernet ports T3700G 28TQ config show dot1x interface show radius accounting Description The show radius accounting command is used to display the configuration of the accounting server Syntax show radius accounting Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Modes Example Display the configuration of the accounting server T3700G 28T Q config show radius accounting show radius authentication Description The show radius authentication command is used to display the configuration of the RADIUS authentication server Syntax show radius authentication Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode 110 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO me Metro Example Display the configuration of the RADIUS authentication server T3700G
202. face vlan 2 T3700G 28TQ config if ip igmp require router alert ip igmp robustness Description The ip igmp robustness used to configure the existing time of the non querier on specified interface To restore to the default value on this interface please use no ip igmp robustness command 305 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax ip igmp robustness robustness no ip igmp robustness Parameter robustness Specify the robustness of IGMP The default value is 2 Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the robustness of IGMP as 3 on Interface VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28TQ config if ip igmp robustness 3 ip igmp send router alert Description The ip igmp sender router alert is used to configure the sending IGMP messages to carry the router alert option on specified interface To disable this function on this interface please use no ip igmp send router alert command This function is enabled by default Syntax ip igmp send router alert no ip igmp send router alert Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the sending IGMP messages to carry the router alert option on interface VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip igmp send router alert 306 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR deele ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT ip igmp startup query interval Description The ip igmp startup q
203. fied hops cluster ntdp cluster ntdp timer interval time time hop delay va ue port delay value cluster ntdp hop hop value no cluster ntdp no cluster ntdp timer interval time time hop delay value port delay value no cluster ntdp hop hop value Parameter time NTDP Interval Time which is the interval to collect topology information NTDP Interval Time ranges from 1 to 60 in minutes By default it is 1 hop delay value NTDP Hop Delay which is the time between the switch receiving NTDP request packets and the switch forwarding NTDP request packets for the first time NTDP Hop Delay ranges from 1 to 1000 in milliseconds By default it is 200 port delay value NTDP Port Delay which is the time between the port forwarding NTDP request packets and its adjacent port forwarding NTDP request packets over NTDP Port Delay ranges from 1 to 100 in milliseconds By default it is 20 hop value NTDP Hops which is the hop count the switch topology collects NTDP Hops ranges from 1 to 16 By default it is 3 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode 268 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Enable NTDP function globally and specify NTDP Hops as 5 NTDP Interval Time as 30 minutes T3700G 28TQ config cluster ntdp T3700G 28TQ config cluster ntdp timer interval timer 30 T3700G 28TQ config cluster ntdp hop 5 cluster explore Description The cluster ex
204. figuration Mode Example Configure MD5 authentication as the authentication mode of a virtual link with the transmission area as Area 2 and the ID of the neighboring router on the other endpoint as 3 3 3 3 with the authentication ID as 2 and the authentication key as 123456 T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28TQ config router area 2 virtual link 3 3 3 3 message digest key 2 md5 123456 372 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men men ip ospf cost Description The ip ospf cost is used to configure the interface cost To restore to the default value please use the no ip ospf cost command Syntax ip ospf cost cost no ip ospf cost Parameter cost The interface cost ranging from 1 to 65535 The default value is calculated according to the bandwidth Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the cost of interface VLAN 2 as 10 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip ospf cost 10 ip ospf retransmit interval Description The ip ospf retransmit interval command is used to configure the interval to retransmit the LSA DD and LSR packets on the specified interface To restore to default value please use the no ip ospf retransmit interval command Syntax ip ospf retransmit interval interval no ip ospf retransmit interval Parameter interval The retransmit interval ranging from 1 to 65535 seconds The default value is 5 seconds 3
205. g interface vlan 2 T3700G 28TQ config if ip igmp static group 225 1 1 2 interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 7 9 ip igmp static group routed port Description The ip igmp static group command is used to configure the static multicast group on specified routed port To delete the corresponding multicast source and group on this routed port please use no ip igmp static group command Syntax ip igmp static group group address source source address no ip igmp static group Parameter group address The multicast address ranging from 224 0 1 0 239 255 255 255 source address The source of the static multicast group It is a unicast address Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode routed port Example Add the forwarding port 1 0 2 to the static multicast group 225 1 1 1 and it will receive traffic only from the multicast source 192 168 1 1 T3700G 28T Q config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config if no switchport T3700G 28T Q config if ip igmp static group 225 1 1 1 source 192 168 0 1 309 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Add the forwarding port 1 0 2 to the static multicast group 225 1 1 2 and it will receive traffic from all sources T3700G 28TQ config H interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config if no switchport T3700G 28TQ config if ip igmp static group 225 1 1 2 ip igmp profile Description The ip igmp profile command is used to create the configurati
206. g if ip igmp last member query count 3 ip igmp static group interface vlan Description The ip igmp static group command is used to configure the static multicast group on specified interface VLAN To delete the corresponding multicast source and group on this interface VLAN please use no ip igmp static group command Syntax ip igmp static group group address interface fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port list source source address no ip igmp static group Parameter group address The multicast address ranging from 224 0 1 0 239 255 255 255 fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet The port type port list List of the forwarding ports in the format of 1 0 1 or 1 0 5 8 source address The source of the static multicast group It is a unicast address Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface vian 308 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Configure the forwarding ports of the static multicast group 225 1 1 1 as 1 0 1 3 on Interface VLAN 2 and it will receive traffic only from the multicast source 192 168 1 1 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28TQ config if ip igmp static group 225 1 1 1 interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 3 source 192 168 0 1 Configure the forwarding ports of the static multicast group 225 1 1 2 as 1 0 7 9 on Interface VLAN 2 and it will receive traffic from all sources T3700G 28TQ confi
207. g if vrrp vrid 4 priority 123 vrrp vrid timer advertise Description This command sets the frequency in seconds that an interface on the specified virtual router sends a virtual router advertisement To restore the advertisement interval to default value for an interface please use no vrrp vrid timer advertise command 336 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax vrrp vrid vrid timer advertise adver interval no vrrp vrid vrid timer advertise Parameter vrid The virtual router ID adver interval Advertisement interval ranging from 1 to 255 in seconds By default it s 1 second Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the advertisement interval for the interface VLAN 3 as 12 seconds in vrid 4 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 3 T3700G 28T Q config if vrrp vrid 4 timer advertise 12 vrrp vrid preempt mode Description This command sets the preemption mode and the delay time for the virtual router configured on a specified interface To set non preempt mode for the virtual router configured on a specified interface please use no vrrp vrid preempt mode command The virtual router is in non preempt mode by default Syntax vrrp vrid vrid preempt mode timer delay delay value no vrrp vrid vrid preempt mode Parameter vrid The virtual router ID delay value The time that a backup router has to wait for before setting itself as the maste
208. g tree Dpduguard c coocococccocoooccnoncnnncnnncnonononononcnnncnnncnnnnnnncnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnonnnonnnnnnnonnnos 217 spanning tree guard lOOP NENNEN 218 Spanning tree Guard TOOK me eege egen li lara 218 Spanning tree guard EN 219 Spanhing tree Check E 220 SHOW SPanNING eGS AClIVE ici trola 220 show spanning tree bridge ccecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaaee cece aaee ease EEEE EEEE sees sees EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE 221 show spanning tree interface 2 0 0 2 cccceccesecececeeeeeeeeeneaeeeeeeeeeeceeaeaeeeeeeeeeeseeecneeseeeeeseeseneneaees 221 show spanning tree interface SeCurity cccccceceeecceeceeeeeeeeeneaeeeeeeeeteeeeeaeeeeeeeesseeensiaeeees 222 show spanning tree mst aia E 222 Chapter 29 IGMP Snooping Commande rr rrrrreenn 224 ip IGMP SNOOPING GlObal 2 ceeeeeeeee cece cette eeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeceeeaaeaeeeeeeeeseeceaeaeeeeeeeesseesiceeeeeees 224 ip igmp snoopipngi ntertace ttnt rrtt ttEE EEEE nAn eEE EEEE Ennet E nenn nnee 224 ip igmp snooping immediate leave ccccecceeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeetegs 225 ip igmp snooping drop upknown 225 ip igmp snooping vlan config cceeccececeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeaeeeeeeeeseseeccaeeeeeeeeeeseeesnneeeeeees 226 ip igmp snooping MaAXx QrOUPS ccccccccccnnncnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanennnennnnn 227 ip igmp snooping multi vlan config ococcccnnninonococccnncocononannnnnon
209. gabitEthernet port list Parameter port list The list of Ten Gigabit Ethernet ports Command Mode Global Configuration Mode User Guidelines Command in the Interface Range ten gigabitEthernet Mode is executed independently on all ports in the range lt does not affect the execution on the other ports at all if the command results in an error on one port Example To enter the Interface Range ten gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure Ten Gigabit Ethernet ports 25 and 26 at the same time by adding them to one port list T3700G 28TQ config interface range ten gigabitEthernet 1 0 25 26 168 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te r description Description The description command is used to add a description to the Ethernet port To clear the description of the corresponding port please use no description command Syntax description string no description Parameter string Content of a port description ranging from 1 to 16 characters Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Add a description Port 5 to Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 5 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 5 T3700G 28T Q config if description Port 5 shutdown Description The shutdown comm
210. ged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode 299 T3700G 28TQ ROSCA de Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT Example Display the Proxy ARP status T3700G 28TQ config show ip proxy arp 300 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Chapter 37 IGMP Commands Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP is used between hosts on a LAN and the routers on this LAN to track the multicast groups of which hosts are multicast members ip igmp Description The ip igmp command is used to enable IGMP function on the specified interface To disable IGMP function on this interface please use no ip igmp command Syntax ip igmp no ip igmp Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Enable the IGMP function on Interface VLAN 2 T3700G 28T Q config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28TQ config if ip igmp ip igmp version Description The ip igmp version command is used to configure the version of IGMP on specified interface To restore to the default IGMPv2 please use no ip igmp version command Syntax ip igmp version 1 2 3 no ip igmp version Parameter 1 2 3 Specify the version of the IGMP The default version is 2 301 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men men Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the IGMP version as version 3 on Interface VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28TQ config if ip igmp version 3 ip igmp last member qu
211. ghbors detailed information in process 1 T3700G 28TQ show ip ospf 1 neighbor detail show ip ospf request list Description The show ip ospf request list command is used to display the LSA request list Syntax show ip ospf process d request list interface name interface number neighbor id Parameter process id The process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 The LSA quest lists of all processes will be displayed if no process ID is specified interface name interface number Specify the interface name and number to display the LSA request list on this interface neighbor id Specify the neighbor ID to display the LSA request list of this neighbor Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the LSA quest lists of all OSPF processes T3700G 28TQ show ip ospf request list show ip ospf retransmission list Description The show ip ospf retransmission list is used to display the LSA retransmission list Syntax show ip ospf process id retransmission list interface name interface number neighbor id 383 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Parameter process id The process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 The LSA retransmission lists of all processes will be displayed if no process ID is specified interface name interface number Specify the interface name and number to display the LSA retransmission list on this i
212. guration ranging from 1 to 12 in the format of 1 3 5 You can select more than one entry for each command By default the configuration of all SNMP RMON enabled entries is displayed 254 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the Event configuration of entry1 4 T3700G 28TQ show rmon event 1 4 show rmon alarm Description The show rmon alarm command is used to display the configuration of the Alarm Management entry Syntax show rmon alarm index Parameter index The index number of the entry selected to display the configuration ranging from 1 to 12 in the format of 1 3 5 You can select more than one entry for each command By default the configuration of all Alarm Management entries is displayed Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration of the Alarm Management entry 1 2 T3700G 28TQ show rmon alarm 1 2 show rmon statistics Description The show rmon statistics command is used to display the configuration of the specified statistics entry Syntax show rmon statistics index 255 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO men EE CTT Te r Parameter index The index number of the statistics entry selected to display the configuration ranging from 1 to 65535 By default the configuration of all statistics entries is disp
213. gure the Duplex Mode for an Ethernet port To return to the default configuration please use no duplex command Syntax duplex auto full half no duplex Parameter full half The duplex mode of the Ethernet port There are three options auto negotiation mode full duplex mode and half duplex mode By default the Gigabit Ethernet port is auto negotiation mode and the Ten Gigabit Ethernet port is full dulplex mode Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure the Duplex Mode as full duplex for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 20 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 20 T3700G 28T Q config if duplex full speed Description The speed command is used to configure the Speed Mode for an Ethernet port To return to the default configuration please use no speed command Syntax speed 10 100 1000 10000 auto no speed 171 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO a 0 M EE CTT Te r Parameter 10 100 1000 10000 auto The speed mode of the Ethernet port There are four options 10Mbps 100Mbps 1000Mbps 10000Mbps and Auto negotiation mode default Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet i
214. h VLAN tags of public networks at the network access terminal of the Internet Service Provider And these packets will be transmitted with double tag across the public networks dot1q tunnel Description The dot1q tunnel command is used to enable the VLAN VPN function globally To disable the VLAN VPN function please use the no dot1q tunnel command Syntax dot1q tunnel no dot1q tunnel Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the VLAN VPN function globally T3700G 28T Q config dot1q tunnel dot1q tunnel pd Description The dot1q tunnel tpid command is used to configure Global TPID of the VLAN VPN To restore to the default value please use the no dot1q tunnel tpid command Syntax dot1q tunnel tpid pid no dot1q tunnel tpid 45 T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROME RELE ME MEMENTO a 0 M EE CTT Te K Parameter tpid The value of Global TPID It must be 4 Hex integers By default it is 8100 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure Global TPID of the VLAN VPN as 0x9100 T3700G 28T Q config dot1q tunnel tpid 9100 dot1q tunnel mapping Description The dot1q tunnel mapping command is used to enable the VLAN Mapping feature globally To disable this function please use the no dot1q tunnel mapping command By default the VLAN Mapping feature is disabled Syntax dot1q tunnel mapping no dot1q tunnel mapping Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example
215. hcp snooping decline show ip source binding Description The show ip source binding command is used to display the IP MAC VID PORT binding table Syntax show ip source binding unit unit id Parameter unit id Specify the unit in the stack which the binding table belongs to Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the IP MAC VID PORT binding table 88 T3700G 28TQ ROSCA de Tee ET ET AMES MEMENTO lei BRETT T3700G 28TQ config show ip source binding show ip dhcp snooping Description The show ip dhcp snooping command is used to display the running status of DHCP Snooping Syntax show ip dhcp snooping Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the running status of DHCP Snooping T3700G 28TQ show ip dhcp snooping show ip dhcp snooping interface Description The show ip dhcp snooping interface command is used to display the DHCP Snooping configuration of a desired Fast Gigabit Ethernet ports or of all Ethernet ports Syntax show ip dhcp snooping interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port Parameters port The Fast Gigabit Ethernet port number Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the DHCP Snooping configuration of all Ethernet ports T3700G 28TQ show ip dhcp snooping interface 89 T3700G 28TQ ROSES de Tee ET ET ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Display the DHCP Snooping c
216. he ABR ASBR Syntax show ip ospf process id border routers Parameter process id The process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 The ABR ASBR routing tables of all processes will be displayed if no process ID is specified Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the ABR ASBR routing tables of all the OSPF processes T3700G 28TQ show ip ospf border routers 385 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR xe a mmr ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT show ip route ospf Description The show ip route ospf command is used to display the OSPF routing table Syntax show ip route ospf process id Parameter process id The process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 The routing tables of all OSPF processes will be displayed if no process ID is specified Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the routing tables of all the OSPF processes T3700G 28TQ show ip route ospf show ip ospf area database Description The show ip ospf area database command is used to display the LSDB of the specified area The detailed LSA information will be displayed if the LSA type is specified The LSDB summary information will be displayed if the LSA type is not specified Syntax show ip ospf process id area area id database asbr summary external network nssa external router summary Parameter process id The process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 area id
217. he higher the priority is Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create a static route with the destination IP address as 192 168 2 0 the subnet mask as 255 255 255 0 and the next hop address as 192 168 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config ip route 192 168 2 0 255 255 255 0 192 168 0 2 ip routing Description This ip routing command is used to enable the Lay 3 routing function To disable this function please use the no ip routing command Syntax ip routing no ip routing Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Disable the Layer 3 ip routing function T3700G 28TQ config no ip routing 280 T3700G 28TQ ROSES de Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT show interface loopback Description The show interface loopback command is used to display the information of the specified loopback interface Syntax show interface loopback number Parameter number The loopback interface number ranging from 1 to 2147483647 Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the information of the loopback interface 1 T3700G 28T Q config show interface loopback 1 show interface vlan Description The show interface vlan command is used to display the information or a specified interface VLAN Syntax show interface vlan vid Parameter vid The VLAN ID Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the information of VLAN 2 T3
218. he priority of the interface VLAN 2 as 1 T3700G 28TQ config if ip ospf priority 1 ip ospf hello interval Description The ip ospf hello interval is used to configure the hello intervals on the specified interface To restore to the default value please use the no ip ospf hello interval command Syntax ip ospf hello interval interval no ip ospf hello interval Parameter Interval The interval of the hello packets ranging from 1 to 65535 seconds and the default value is 10 seconds Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the interval of the hello packets sent on interface VLAN 2 as 20 seconds T3700G 28T Q config if ip ospf hello interval 20 375 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER LE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT ip ospf dead interval Description The ip ospf dead interval command is used to set the number of seconds after the last device hello packet was seen before its neighbors declare the OSPF router to be down To restore to default value please use the no ip ospf dead interval command Syntax ip ospf dead interval interval no ip ospf dead interval Parameter interval The neighbor s failure interval ranging from 1 to 65535 seconds and the default is 4 times the hello interval Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the neighbor s failure interval on interface VLAN 2 as 50 seconds T3700G 28T Q config if ip ospf dead interval 50 ip ospf authenti
219. he summary address command to summary the imported Type 5 LSA routes in the range of aggregation address if the router you are configured is an ASBR Autonomous System Boundary Router With the summary address command configured the ASBR Autonomous System Border Router will advertise a summary route that covers the networks in the range to its neighbor routers While with no summary address command configured the previously aggregated external routes will be advertised again summary address p address mask tag tag nssa only not advertise no summary address p address mask tag tag nssa only not advertise Parameter ip address The IP address of the summary route mask The subnet mask of the summary route in the format of dotted decimal notation tag The identifier of the summary route which can be used by the routing strategy to control the advertisement of the routes It ranges from O to 4294967295 and the default value is 0 nssa only The summary route will only be advertised to the NSSA If not specified the summary route will be advertised to the normal areas and the NSSA 354 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME TEE ET EILER ENEE D ECO men metro not advertise The summary route will not be advertised If not specified the summary route will be advertised Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure the summary route 192 168 0 0 16 which can only be adverti
220. how time range command is used to display the configuration of time range Syntax show time range Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration of Time Range T3700G 28TQ show time range show holiday Description The show holiday command is used to display the defined holidays Syntax show holiday Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode 204 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Display the defined holidays T3700G 28TQ show holiday show access list Description The show access list command is used to display configuration of ACL Syntax show access list acl id Parameter acl id The ID of the ACL selected to display the configuration Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration of the MAC ACL whose ID is 20 T3700G 28TQ show access list 20 show access list policy Description The show access list policy command is used to display the information of a specified policy Syntax show access list policy name Parameter name The Policy Name desired to show Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the information of a policy named policy1 T3700G 28TQ show access list policy policy1 205 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show access list bind Description The show access list bind
221. hreshold infinity ip pim bsr candidate interface Description The ip pim bsr candidate command is used to configure the candidate BSR on specified interface To disable the candidate BSR please use no ip pim bsr candidate command Syntax ip pim bsr candidate interface fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port loopback id vlan vian id y hash mask length mask len priority pri no ip pim bsr candidate Parameter fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet The port type of the interface port The port number id The interface loopback ID vian id The interface VLAN ID mask len Hash function mask length ranging from 0 to 32 pri The priority of the BSR ranging from 0 to 255 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the candidate BSR on interface VLAN 2 323 T3700G 28TQ ROSES de Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT T3700G 28TQ config ip pim bsr candidate interface vlan 2 hash mask length 10 priority 20 ip pim rp candidate interface Description The ip pim rp candidate command is used to configure the candidate RP on specific interface To disable the candidate RP on this interface please use no ip pim rp candidate command ip pim rp candidate interface fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port loopback id vlan vian id y priority pri interval interval no ip pim rp can
222. i A A A A EREE es Bee A 368 area virtual elsa iii 369 area virtual link authenticatiON oooooocoonccnnnconcconcconccnnncnnncnnncnnn nono nono nn nnnnnn nono nn nn nono nn nnnnnnnnnnnnnos 370 area virtual link autbenttcoatton key 371 area virtual link message digest key ooooocooocococococonoconoconononononoconononononononoconoconnnonoconnconoconnss 372 iP EISES deed Eege dee onde ea Eed eae eee ee 373 ip ospf retransmit interval ccccccecceeeeeeceeecee cece cece cenceeeeeeeeeeseeecneeceeeeeeeseseseneaseeeeeeetees 373 ip ospf transmit delay 0 cccccccceeececeeeeeeeeeeee eens eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeaeeeeeeeesesceeeeeeseeeeeeeseneeneaeeets 374 ee d elle ll EE 374 ip ospf hellointerval Senie teen outed anh aie A een Wi a iene 375 ip Ospt dead interval EE 376 IP OSpf authenticatiON einstein iia 376 ip ospf authenticoation key nan nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnns 377 ip ospf Message digeSt key ccccecccceceeeeeeeceneaeeeeeeeeeeeeenaaeeeeeeeesesecceeeeeeeeeeeeseseensaeeeeees 377 IPOSPP MOTWOMK e soe hte seas cher decade Edel eege Sede al ea 378 ip ospf database filter all out 379 lee e gu eu TEE 379 clear IPOS EE 380 SNOW p EE 380 show ip ospf database ccccccccieveesscnceeateeecenegas ahead eaveeeecsneeeanndsevevbkeaaecansdeeeseesaeeendcndeeneanennaes 381 show ip ospf Interface 381 Show ip Ospf neighbors hornet Ay hoe Arid ae AE 382 SHOW Ip OSPF En EE ET 383 show ip ospf retransmisslon Jet eeek ettt tets
223. ia i A ee 195 ACCESSHIISt SANA WEE 196 ACCESSHIISTSXTSMGSG innie lt 197 WIEN 198 access list p licy NaMe aia a ddd id 199 access list policy ACHON vico led dales abans 200 elle elle A AS oda hh ee 201 SCAN eege 201 ll ee 202 JOSE Mais 202 access list bindiintertace ttrt ttti tttt tnt ttetettt ttnt nnst rtrt rEnn Enne rerE reeet 203 EE eet bat p tange A AI E 203 SNOW time range iii eee Hoe A Pan i ag 204 SNOW MOMGAY sae cta taaan 204 SNOW ACTOS ii A AAA AAA ee a ea 205 Show access dee e EE 205 SHOW ACCESSHIISU DING EE 206 Chapter 28 MSTP CommandS rtorras 207 Spanning tree Globall c fcccsses cashed e beet atea et aaaeei aaar na este ee eae 207 Spanningd Ireeiiniertacel 207 Spanning tree COMMON CONAIG cecceeccceeeeeeeeeeceneeceeeceeeeececeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeceaeaeeeeeeeeteensnsaneeees 208 SPANTINDATSS Modei e li A ae 209 spanning tree mst configuration oooonoinonococccnnccccnonnnncnnonnncncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnannnnnnnnnnnncanannnnnnnnno 210 det le 210 NAME ahha cece dea Ad ec eu dd O a 211 POVISIOM E 211 Spanning tree mst instance ENEE NENNEN cnc 212 spanning tree MSti azri Matted a ar aE Ea TE cade cuensvaecs E a 213 spanning tree Dorf 214 Spanningd IreeicGdeiend tettert ttt tEnEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EESE EEEE EEEE EEEE EErEE 214 spanting tree Mica ita 215 Spanning tree hold count sa ee A A A EE ee 216 Spanning tree max NOpS ii AA AA er eee 216 spanning tree bpdufter no nnnnnnnonincnnnnnncnnnn 217 Spannin
224. ified system and presents as a single entity to the network in Layer 2 and Layer 3 protocols This chapter describes how to manage the T3700G 28TQ switch stacks switch priority Description The switch priority command is specify the stack member number and the new priority for the stack member To restore the priority of the specified stack member to the default value as 5 please use no switch priority command Syntax swtich unitid priority priority no switch unitid priority Parameter unitid Specify the member number priority Specify the member s priority ranging from 1 to 15 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify the unit 1 s priority as 10 in the stack T3700G 28TQ config switch 1 priority 10 switch renumber Description The switch renumber command is modify the member number of a specified stack member 26 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax swtich unitid renumber newid auto numbering Parameter unitid Specify the member to be renumbered newid Specify the new stack member number for the stack member auto numbering The specified member will obtain its stack number through auto numbering Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Modify the unit 1 s new member number as 2 T3700G 28TQ config switch 1 renumber 2 switch authentication mode Description The switch authentication mode command is config
225. igmp snooping querier vlan vian id no ip igmp snooping querier vlan vian id y Parameter vlan id VLAN ID ranging from 1 to 4094 229 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the IGMP Snooping Querier function of VLAN1 T3700G 28TQ config ip igmp snooping querier vlan 1 ip igmp snooping querier vian general query Description The ip igmp snooping querier vlan command is used to configure the parameters for IGMP Snooping Querier to send a general query frame To return to the default configuration please use no ip igmp snooping querier vlan command Syntax ip igmp snooping querier vlan vian id query interval interval max response time response time general query source ip p addr no ip igmp snooping querier vlan vlan id query interval max response time general query source ip Parameter vlan id VLAN ID ranging from 1 to 4094 interval The time interval to send a general query frame by IGMP Snooping Querier ranging from 10 to 300 Seconds By default it is 60 seconds response time The maximal time for the host to respond to a general query frame ranging from 1 to 25 Seconds By default it is 10 Seconds ip addr The source IP of the general query frame sent by IGMP Snooping Querier It should not be a multicast IP or a broadcast IP By default it is 192 168 0 1 Command Mode Global Configur
226. ime information of the switch Syntax show system time dst Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the DST time information of the switch 158 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME EEN ES men men T3700G 28TQ show system time dst show system time ntp Description The show system time ntp command is used to display the NTP mode configuration information Syntax show system time ntp Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the NTP mode configuration information of the switch T3700G 28TQ show system time ntp show system info Description The show system info command is used to display system description system name device location system contact hardware version firmware version system time run time and so on Syntax show system info Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the system information T3700G 28TQ show system info 159 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMERA ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te r show environment Description The show environment command is used to display system description system name device location system contact hardware version firmware version system time run time and so on Syntax show system info all fan power temperature unitid Parameter all fan power temperature Specify the system s running environmental sta
227. in minutes when Daylight Saving Time comes The value ranges from 1 to 1440 and the default value is 60 minutes It is optional Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the DST start time as 00 00 am on April 1 of 2013 the end time as 00 00 am on October 1 of 2013 and the offset as 30 minutes T3700G 28TQ config system time dst date Apr 1 00 00 2013 Oct 1 00 00 2013 30 system time dst recurring Description The system time dst recurring command is used to specify the DST configuration in recurring mode This configuration is recurring in use The time period is not restricted to be within one year Syntax system time dst recurring sweek sday smonth stime eweek eday emonth etime offset Parameter sweek Week to start with the options first second third fourth last sday Day to start with the options Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat smonth Month to start with options Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec stime Time to start in the format of hh mm eweek Week to end with options first second third fourth last eday Day to end with options Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat emonth Month to end with options Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec etime Time to end in the format of hh mm offset Specify the time adding in minutes when Daylight Saving Time
228. inspection limit rate command is used to configure the ARP speed of a specified port To restore to the default speed please use no ip arp inspection limit rate command Syntax ip arp inspection limit rate value no ip arp inspection limit rate Parameter value The value to specify the maximum amount of the received ARP packets per second ranging from 10 to 100 in pps packet second By default the value is 15 Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure the maximum amount of the received ARP packets per second as 50 pps for Gigabit Ethernet port 5 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 5 T3700G 28TQ config if ip arp inspection limit rate 50 ip arp inspection recover Description The ip arp inspection recover command is used to restore a port to the ARP transmit status from the ARP filter status Syntax ip arp inspection recover 93 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te r Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Restore Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 5 to the ARP transmit status
229. interface To restore to default please use the no ip ospf database filter all out command By default OSPF floods new LSAs over all interfaces in the same area except the interface on which the LSA arrives Syntax ip ospf database filter all out no ip ospf database filter all out Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Block the flooding of the LSA packets on interface VLAN 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip ospf database filter all out ip ospf mtu ignore Description The ip ospf mtu ignore command is used to ignore the MTU check in the DD exchanging process This check is scheduled by default and the adjacency relationship will not establish if the MTUs are not matched To restore to the default value please use the no ip ospf mtu ignore command Syntax ip ospf mtu ignore no ip ospf mtu ignore Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure interface VLAN 2 to ignore the MTU field check in the DD exchange process 379 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT T3700G 28T Q config if ip ospf mtu ignore clear ip ospf Description The clear ip ospf command is used to reset the OSPF process which will clear all the dynamic information The clear ip ospf process command will reset all the OSPF processes Syntax clear ip ospf process id clear ip ospf process Parameter process id The process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Exam
230. interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the BPDU filter function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28T Q config if spanning tree bpdufilter spanning tree bpduguard Description The spanning tree bpduguard command is used to enable the BPDU protect function for a port With the BPDU protect function enabled the port will set itself automatically as ERROR PORT when it receives BPDU packets and the port will disable the forwarding function for a while To disable the BPDU protect function please use no spanning tree bpduguard command Syntax spanning tree bpduguard 217 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei M EE CTT Te no spanning tree bpduguard Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the BPDU protect function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28T Q config if spanning tree bpduguard spanning tree guard loop Description The spanning tree guard loop command is used to enable the Loop Protect function for a port Loop Protect is to prevent the loops in the netwo
231. ion Mode Example Display the information of the static multicast groups on interface VLAN 1 T3700G 28TQ config show ip igmp groups static interface vlan 1 show ip igmp groups port info dynamic Description The show ip igmp groups port info command is used to display the information of the layer 2 forwarding ports of all the dynamic multicast groups or in the specified VLAN 317 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei M EE CTT Te Syntax show ip igmp groups port info vlan vian id Parameter vlan id Specify the VLAN ID Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the information of the layer 2 forwarding ports of all the dynamic multicast groups T3700G 28TQ config show ip igmp groups port info show ip igmp interface Description The show ip igmp interface command is used to display the IGMP configuration information on the specified port Syntax show ip igmp interface fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet port detail statistic max groups Parameter fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet Specify the port type port Specify the port number detail The detailed information of the IGMP configuration on the specified port statistic The IGMP packet statistics received on the specified port max groups The maximum number of the multicast groups on the specified port Command Mode Privil
232. ion of all the switches in the stack T3700G 28TQ show cpu utilization show memory utilization Description The show memory utilization command is used to display the system s memory utilization in the last 5 seconds 1minute 5minutes Syntax show memory utilization unitid Parameter unitid Specify the unit in the stack whose memory utilization information will be displayed If not specified the memory utilization information of all the switches in the stack will be displayed Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the memory utilization information of all the switches in the stack T3700G 28TQ show memory utilization 164 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 23 Ethernet Configuration Commands Ethernet Configuration Commands can be used to configure the Bandwidth Control Negotiation Mode and Storm Control for Ethernet ports interface fastEthernet Description The interface fastEthernet command is used to enter the interface fastEthernet Configuration Mode and configure the corresponding Fast Ethernet port Syntax interface fastEthernet port Parameter port The Fast Ethernet port number Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example T3700G 28TQ doesn t have any fastEthernet port interface range fastEthernet Description The interface range fastEthernet command is used to enter the interface range fast
233. iption The ip pim bsr border command is used to configure the border of the BSR packet on each interface that connects to other bordering PIM domains To disable the border of BSR on this interface please use no ip pim bsr border command Syntax ip pim bsr border no ip pim bsr border Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the BSR border on VLAN interface 2 325 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip pim bsr border ip pim dr priority Description The ip pim dr priority command is used to configure the priority of DR To restore to the default value of DR priority please use no ip pim dr priority command Syntax ip pim dr priority pri no ip pim dr priority Parameter pri Specify the priority of DR ranging from O to 4294967294 The default value is 1 Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the DR priority on interface VLAN 2 as 100 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28TQ config if ip pim dr priority 100 ip pim join prune interval Description The ip pim join prune interval command is used to configure the interval of join prune packet To restore to the default value please use no ip pim join prune interval command Syntax ip pim join prune interval interval no ip pim join prune interval 326 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men
234. isplayed if the port number is not specified here Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the global NDP information of the switch T3700G 28TQ config show cluster ndp Display the NDP information of all the ports of the switch T3700G 28TQ config show cluster ndp interface show cluster neighbor Description The show cluster neighbor command is used to display the cluster s neighbor information Syntax show cluster neighbor Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the cluster s neighbor information T3700G 28TQ config show cluster neighbor 274 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show cluster ntdp Description The show cluster ntdp command is used to display NTDP configuration information Syntax show cluster ntdp interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port device list detail summary Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number By default the configuration of all Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet ports is displayed device list To display the device table of NTDP detail The detailed information of the device list summary The device list information in summary Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the global information of NTDP T3700G 28TQ show cluster ntdp Displa
235. itEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode 35 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Display the detailed information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 3 T3700G 28TQ config show interface switchport gigabitEthernet 1 0 3 show vlan summary Description The show vlan summary command is used to display the summarized information of IEEE 802 1Q VLAN Syntax show vlan summary Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the summarized information of IEEE 802 1Q VLAN T3700G 28TQ config show vlan summary show vlan brief Description The show vlan brief command is used to display the brief information of IEEE 802 1Q VLAN Syntax show vlan brief Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the brief information of IEEE 802 1Q VLAN T3700G 28TQ config show vlan brief 36 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMERA ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te show vlan Description The show vlan command is used to display the detailed information of IEEE 802 1Q VLAN Syntax show vlan id vian list Parameter vlan list Specify IEEE 802 1Q VLAN ID ranging from 1 to 4094 Using the show vlan command without parameter displays the detailed information of all the VLANs Command Mode Privileged EXE
236. l be reserved if the end IP address and the start IP address are the same Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Set the reserved IP addresses from 192 168 1 1 to 192 168 1 9 T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp server exclude address 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 9 ip dhcp server pool Description The ip dhcp server pool command is used to create the address pool of DHCP Server and enter the dhcp configuration mode To delete the address pool please use no ip dhcp server pool command Syntax ip dhcp server pool poo name no ip dhcp server pool poo name Parameter pool name Specify the address pool name ranging from 1 to 8 characters Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create the address pool of name POOL1 T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp server pool POOL ip dhcp server ping timeout Description The ip dhcp server ping timeout command is used to specify the timeout of PING process To resume the default value please use no ip dhcp server ping timeout command Syntax ip dhcp server ping timeout value 286 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT no ip dhcp server ping timeout Parameter value Specify the timeout value ranging from 100 to 10000ms The default value is 100ms Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Set the timeout of PING as 200ms T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp server ping timeout 200 ip dhcp server ping packets Description The ip dhcp s
237. lash tftp ip address p address filename file name unit id Parameter ip address The address of the TFTP server to receive the log file file name The name of the file to save the syslog unit id Specify the unit ID of the switch in the stack By default the syslog of all the units in the stack will be saved Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Save the unit 1 s system log file to the TFTP server 192 168 0 148 with the name log txt T3700G 28TQ config copy logging flash tftp ip address 192 168 0 148 filename log txt 1 clear logging Description The clear logging command is used to clear the syslog in the log buffer and log flash in the specified unit or the whole stack Syntax clear logging buffer flash unit unit id 116 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Parameter buffer flash The output channels buffer and flash Clear the information of the two channels by default unit id The unit in which the syslog will be cleared If not specified all the syslog in the stack will be cleared Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Clear the syslog in the log buffer of all the switches in the stack T3700G 28TQ config clear logging buffer show logging local config Description The show logging local config command is used to display the configuration of the Local Log including the log buffer and the l
238. layed Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration of the statistics entry 1 T3700G 28TQ show rmon statistics 1 256 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Chapter 31 LLDP Commands LLDP function enables network devices to advertise their own device information periodically to neighbors on the same LAN The information of the LLDP devices in the LAN can be stored by its neighbor in a standard MIB so it is possible for the information to be accessed by a Network Management System NMS using SNMP Ildp Description The lldp command is used to enable LLDP function To disable the LLDP function please use no Ildp command Syntax lldp no lidp Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable LLDP function globally T3700G 28TQ config lldp Ildp hold multiplier Description The Ildp hold multiplier command is used to configure the Hold Multiplier parameter The aging time of the local information in the neighbor device is determined by the actual TTL value used in the sending LLDPDU TTL Hold Multiplier Transmit Interval To return to the default configuration please use no Ildp hold multiplier command Syntax lldp hold multiplier multiplier no Ildp hold multiplier 257 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR deele ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO men EE CTT Te Parameter multiplier Configure the Hold Multiplier parameter It ranges from 2 to 10 By default
239. le Enable the Fast Leave function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 3 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 3 T3700G 28TQ config if ip igmp snooping immediate leave ip igmp snooping drop unknown Description The ip igmp snooping drop unknown command is used to process the unknown multicast as discard To disable the operation of processing the unknown multicast as discard please use no ip igmp snooping drop unknown command Syntax ip igmp snooping drop unknown no ip igmp snooping drop unknown 225 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify the operation of processing unknown multicast as discard T3700G 28TQ config ip igmp snooping drop unknown ip igmp snooping vlan config Description The ip igmp snooping vlan config command is used to enable VLAN IGMP Snooping function or to modify IGMP Snooping parameters and to create static multicast IP entry To disable the VLAN IGMP Snooping function please use no ip igmp snooping vlan config command Syntax ip igmp snooping vlan config vian list rtime router time mtime member time me leave time rport interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port ip igmp snooping vlan config vian id static ip interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port no ip igmp snooping vlan config vian id list no ip igmp snooping vlan
240. load the configuration file named as config_unitid to the corresponding switches in the stack as their startup configuration file from TFTP server with the IP 192 168 0 148 T3700G 28TQ copy tftp startup config ip address 192 168 0 148 filename config 151 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT copy image tftp source Description The copy image tftp source command is used to download the image file from the TFTP server to the switch Syntax copy image tftp source device HU imagename ip address p addr filename name Parameter device Specify the unit in the stack to which the image file downloaded in the format of unitid for example unit1 If not specified the image file will be downloaded to all the members in the stack imagename Specify the name of the image file to be stored in the switch either image1 bin or image2 bin ip addr IP address of the TFTP server name Specify the name of the image file which would be downloaded from the TFTP server The suffix bin is not included Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Download the image file named as image bin to the unit 1 in the stack as its image1 bin from TFTP server with the IP 192 168 0 148 T3700G 28TQ copy image tftp source unit1 image1 bin ip address 192 168 0 148 filename image copy image tftp target Description The copy image tftp target command is used to upload the image file from
241. logon by Telnet in login local mode 1 Make sure the switch and the PC are in the same LAN Click Start Run to open the Run window and type cmd in the prompt Run window as Figure 1 8 and click OK T3700G 28TQ ROSCA TREN Gtackable e Managed Switch MOM Guide Type the name of a program folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it for you Open OK Cancel Browse Figure 1 8 Run Window 2 Open Telnet then type telnet 192 168 0 1 in the command prompt shown as Figure 1 8 and press the Enter button BIE Microsoft Windows lt C Copyright 1985 2661 Microsoft Corp RP Version A 1 D Documents and Settings MAdministrator gt telnet 192 168 B 1 Figure 1 9 Connecting to the Switch 3 Type the default user name and password admin admin then press the Enter button so as to enter User EXEC Mode a User Access Login IEN User admin Password T3 780G 28TQ gt Figure 1 10 Enter into the User EXEC Mode Now you can manage your switch with CLI commands through Telnet connection 4 Type enable command to enter Privileged EXEC Mode A password that you have set through Console port connection is required Here the password has been set as 123 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te r cx Telnet 192 168 0 1 a User Access Login E User admin Password IT 37 6G 28TQ gt enable Password Figure 1 11 Enter into the Privileged EXEC Mode
242. lts default value is 20 Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure the default cost of the redistributing external route as 12 T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28T Q config router default metric 12 default information originate Description The default information originate command is used to advertise the default route as AS External LSA To cancel the advertisement of the default route please use the no default information originate command without any optional parameters To restore the certain parameters to default values please 357 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee EL RELE ME EEN ECO men EE CTT Te K use the no default information originate command with corresponding parameters Syntax default information originate always metric cost metric type type no default information originate always metric cost metric type type Parameter always OSPF will advertise the default route whether there is default route is the IP routing table or not If the parameter is not configured OSPF will advertise the default route only when there is default route in the IP routing table cost tThe default cost of the default route ranging form 1 to 16777214 lts default value is 1 type The type of the external routes either 1 or 2 The default value is 2 Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure OSPF to advertise the default route whether there i
243. mand Only the SSL function is enabled a secure HTTPS connection can be established Syntax ip http secure server no ip http secure server Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the SSL function T3700G 28TQ config ip http secure server ip http secure server download certificate Description The ip http secure server download certificate command is used to download a certificate to the switch from TFTP server Syntax ip http secure server download certificate ss cert ip address p addr 124 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Parameter ssi cert The name of the SSL certificate which is selected to download to the switch The length of the name ranges from 1 to 25 characters The certificate must be BASE64 encoded ip addr The IP address of the TFTP server Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Download a SSL certificate named ssl cert from TFTP server with the IP address of 192 168 0 146 T3700G 28TQ config ip http secure server download certificate ssl cert ip address 192 168 0 146 ip http secure server download key Description The ip http secure server download key command is used to download a SSL key to the switch from TFTP server Syntax ip http secure server download key ss key ip address p addr Parameter ssi key The name of the SSL key which is selected to download to the switch The length of the name ranges fr
244. mand Mode Global Configuration Mode User Guidelines 1 By default the mapping relation between tag cos and the egress queue is 0 TC2 1 TCO 2 TC1 3 TC3 4 TC4 5 TC5 6 TC6 7 TC7 2 Among the priority levels TCO TC7 the bigger value the higher priority Example Map CoS 5 to TC 2 T3700G 28TQ config qos queue cos map 5 2 qos queue dscp map Description The qos queue dscp map command is used to configure the mapping relation between DSCP Priority and the TC egress queue To return to the default configuration please use no qos queue dscp map command DSCP DiffServ Code Point is a new definition to IP ToS field given by IEEE This field is used to divide IP datagram into 64 priorities When DSCP Priority is enabled IP datagram are mapped to different priority levels based on DSCP priority mode non IP datagram with IEEE 802 1Q tag are mapped to different priority levels based on IEEE 802 1P priority mode if IEEE 802 1P Priority is enabled the untagged non IP datagram are mapped based on port priority mode Syntax qos queue dscp map dscp list cos pri no qos queue dscp map Parameter dscp list List of DSCP value One or several DSCP values can be typed using comma to separate Use a hyphen to designate a range of values for instance 1 4 7 11 indicates choosing 1 4 5 6 7 11 The DSCP value ranges from 0 to 63 cos pri The cos priority the packets with tag are mapped to It ranges from 0 to 7 which represents
245. mation as specified by IETF Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet 263 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Configure the civic address in the Location Identification TLV s content in outgoing LLDPDU of port 1 0 2 Configure the language as English and city as London T3700 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700 28TQ config if Ildp med location civic address language English city London show Ildp Description The show lldp command is used to display the global configuration of LLDP Syntax show lldp Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the global configuration of LLDP T3700G 28TQ show dp show Ildp interface Description The show Ildp interface command is used to display LLDP configuration of the corresponding port By default the LLDP configuration of all the ports will be displayed Syntax show lIldp interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number 264 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the LLDP configuration of Gigabit
246. mer and deregister the attribute information if it does not receive a Join message again before the timer times out value The value of the timer The LeaveAll Timer ranges from 1000 to 30000 centiseconds and the default value is 1000 centiseconds The Join Timer ranges from 20 to 1000 centiseconds and the default value is 20 centiseconds The Leave Timer ranges from 60 to 3000 centiseconds and the default value is 60 centiseconds Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Set the GARP leaveall timer of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 6 as 2000 centiseconds and restore the join timer of it to the default value T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 6 T3700G 28T Q config if gvrp timer leaveall 2000 64 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO men EE ETT Te T3700G 28TQ config if no gvrp timer join show gvrp global Description The show gvrp global command is used to display the global GVRP status Syntax show gvrp global Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the global GVRP status T3700G 28TQ config show gvrp global show gvrp interface Description The show gvrp interface command is used to display the GVRP configuration information of a specified Ethernet
247. metic for LAG is src dst mac by default src dst ip The source and destination IP address When this option is selected the Aggregate Arithmetic will be based on the source and destination IP addresses of the packets Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the Aggregate Arithmetic for LAG as src dst mac T3700G 28T Q config port channel load balance src dst mac lacp system priority Description The lacp system priority command is used to configure the LACP system priority globally To return to the default configurations please use no lacp system priority command 68 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT lacp Syntax lacp system priority pri no lacp system priority Parameter pri The system priority ranging from 0 to 65535 It is 32768 by default Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the LACP system priority as 1024 globally T3700G 28TQ config lacp system priority 1024 port priority Description The lacp port priority command is used to configure the LACP system priority globally To return to the default configurations please use no lacp port priority command Syntax lacp port priority pri no lacp port priority Parameter pri The port priority ranging from O to 65535 It is 32768 by default Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEther
248. mib oid 236 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men metro Parameter name The entry name of View ranging from 1 to 16 characters Each View can include several entries with the same name mib oid MIB Object ID It is the Object Identifier OID for the entry of View ranging from 1 to 61 characters include exclude View Type with include and exclude options They represent the view entry can cannot be managed by the SNMP management station individually Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Add a View named view1 configuring the OID as 1 3 6 1 6 3 20 and this OID can be managed by the SNMP management station T3700G 28T Q config snmp server view view 1 3 6 1 6 3 20 include snmp server group Description The snmp server group command is used to manage and configure the SNMP group To delete the corresponding SNMP group please use no snmp server group command SNMP v3 provides the VACM View based Access Control Model and USM User Based Security Model mechanisms for authentication The users in the SNMP Group can manage the device via the Read View Write View and Notify View And the authentication mode and the privacy mode guarantee the high security for the communication between the management station and the managed device snmp server group name smode v1 v2c v3 slev noAuthNoPriv authNoPriv authPriv read read view write write view
249. mmand To return to the default action of dropping the report please use the no ip igmp max groups action command These commands only apply to the dynamic multicast groups Syntax ip igmp max groups max group no ip igmp max groups max group ip igmp max groups action drop replace no ip igmp max groups action drop replace Parameter max group Specify the maximum number of the dynamic multicast groups that a port can join It ranges from 0 to 4294967294 drop When the number of the dynamic multicast groups that a port joins has exceeded the max group the port will not join any new multicast group replace When the number of the dynamic multicast groups that a port joins has exceeded the max group the newly joined multicast group will replace one of the old entries randomly Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Specify the maximum number of the dynamic multicast groups that the gigabitEthernet port 1 0 2 can join as 100 and the overflowed entry will replace the old one randomly T3700G 28T Q config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip igmpmax groups 100 T3700 28TQ config if ip igmp max groups action replace Specify the maximum number of the dynamic multicast groups that the routed port 1 0 2 can join as 100 and the overflowed entry will replace the old one randomly T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28T Q config if no switchport
250. mote ID which contains 63 characters at most Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the customized sub option Remote ID for the Option 82 as tplink T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp snooping information remote id tplink ip dhcp snooping information circuit id Description The ip dhcp snooping information circuit id command is used to enable and configure the customized sub option Circuit ID for the Option 82 To return to the default Circuit ID for the Option 82 please use no ip dhcp snooping information circuit id command Syntax ip dhcp snooping information circuit id string no ip dhcp snooping information circuit id Parameter string Enter the sub option Circuit ID which contains 63 characters at most Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable and configure the customized sub option Circuit ID for the Option 82 as tplink T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp snooping information circuit id tplink 85 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO a 03 M EE CTT Te r ip dhcp snooping trust Description The ip dhcp snooping trust command is used to configure a port to be a Trusted Port Only the Trusted Port can receive the DHCP packets from DHCP servers To turn the port back to a distrusted port please use no ip dhcp snooping trust command Syntax ip dhcp snooping trust no ip dhcp snooping trust Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface rang
251. n 7 to the flash T3700G 28TQ config logging file flash level 7 logging host index Description The logging host index command is used to configure the syslog server hosts to receive logging messages To clear the configuration of the specified Log Host please use no logging host index command Log Host is to receive the system log from other devices You can remotely monitor the settings and operation status of other devices through the log host Syntax logging host index dx host ip level no logging host index dx Parameter idx The index of the log host The switch supports 4 log hosts host ip The IP for the log host level The severity level of the log information sent to each log host There are 8 severity levels marked with values 0 7 The smaller value has the higher priority Only the log with the same or smaller severity level value will be sent to the corresponding log host By default it is 6 indicating that the log information marked with 0 6 will be sent to the log host Command Mode Global Configuration Mode 115 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Set the log host s index as 2 IP address as 192 168 0 148 and the severity level as 5 T3700G 28TQ config logging host index 2 192 168 0 148 5 copy logging flash tftp Description The copy logging flash tftp command is used save the log file in the flash to the TFTP server Syntax copy logging f
252. n Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the IEEE 802 1X function for the Gigabit Ethernet port 1 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ config if dot1x dot1x guest vlan interface Description The dot1x guest vlan command is used to enable the guest VLAN function for a specified port To disable the Guest VLAN function for a specified port please use no dot1x guest vlan command Please ensure that the Control Type of the corresponding port is port based before enabling the guest VLAN function for it Syntax dot1x guest vlan no dot1x guest vlan Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet 105 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Enable the Guest VLAN function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28T Q config if dot1x guest vlan dot1x port control Description The dot1x port control command is used to configure the Control Mode of IEEE 802 1X for the specified port By default the control mode is auto To restore to the default configuration please use no d
253. ne log notify log notify owner owner name no rmon event index Parameter index The index number of the event entry ranging from 1 to 12 You can only select one entry for each command user name The name of the User to which the event belongs ranging from 1 to 16 characters By default it is public descript The description of the event ranging from 1 to 16 characters By default it is empty type The event type with none log notify and both options None indicates no processing log indicates logging the event notify indicates sending trap messages to the management station and both indicates logging the event and sending trap messages to the management station owner name The owner of the event entry ranging from 1 to 16 characters By default it is monitor Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the user name of entry 1 2 3 and 4 as user1 the description of the event as description1 the type of event as log and the owner of the event as owner1 T3700G 28TQ config rmon event 1 4 user user description description type log owner owner 248 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT rmon alarm Description The rmon alarm command is used to configure SNMP RMON Alarm Management To return to the default configuration please use no rmon alarm command Alarm Grou
254. ne Mode mode to specify a line Press Ctrl Z or enter end to return to priviledged EXEC mode Use the end command or VLAN Use the vlan vlan list press Ctrl Z to return to i Privileged EXEC mode Configuration command to enter this mode T3700G 28TQ config vian g from Global Configuration Enter the exit or the Mode mode command to return to Global configuration mode Use the router ospf process id Use the end command or to enter OSPF Router mode press Ctrl Z to return to Router fom Global Configuration Privileged EXEC mode Configuration mode T3700 28TQ config router Enter the exit or the Mode Use the router rip command to command to return to enter RIP Router mode from Global Configuration Global Configuration mode mode 18 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Logout or Access the Mode Accessing Path Prompt next mode Use the end command or Layer 2 Interface press Ctrl Z to return to Use the interface Privileged EXEC mode gigabitEthernet port or be Enter the exit or the interface range T3700G 28TQ config if command to return to gigabitEthernet port list oa Global Configuration command dee enter this m de T3700G 28TQ config if range mode from Global Configuration A port number must be mode specified in the interface command Interface Layer 3 Interface Configuration Use the no switchport Mode command to enter Routed Port mode from Interface Use the end comman
255. net interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure the LACP port priority as 1024 for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ config if lacp port priority 1024 69 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show etherchannel Description The show etherchannel command is used to display the EtherChannel information Syntax show etherchannel channel group num detail summary Parameter channel group num The EtherChannel Group number ranging from 1 to 32 By default it is empty and will display the information of all EtherChannel Groups detail The detailed information of EtherChannel summary The EtherChannel information in summary Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the detailed information of EtherChannel Group 1 T3700G 28TQ config show etherchannel 1 detail show etherchannel load balance Description The show etherchannel load balance command is used to display the Aggregate Arithmetic of LAG Syntax show etherchannel load balance Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the Aggregate Arithmetic of LAG T3700G 28TQ config show etherchannel load balance 70 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show lacp Description The show lacp comm
256. net 192 168 0 1 Password T3766G 28TQ gt enable Password Figure 1 15 Enter into the Privileged EXEC Mode Now you can manage your switch with CLI commands through Telnet connection Note You can refer to Chapter 12 User Manage Commands for detailed commands information of the Telnet connection configuration 1 1 4 Logon by SSH To log on by SSH a Putty client software is recommended There are two authentication modes to set up an SSH connection Password Authentication Mode lt requires username and password which are both admin by default Key Authentication Mode It requires a public key for the switch and a private key for the SSH client software You can generate the public key and the private key through Putty Key Generator Note Before SSH login please follow the steps shown in Figure 1 16 to enable the SSH function through console connection 12 2 T3700G 28TQ ROSES de Tee ET ET CIR ENEE D ECO lei BRETT TPLINK HyperTerminal File Edit View Call Transfer Help De 23 28 137006 28T0 gt enable 6 4 Enter the Privileged EXEC Password Mode password 137006 28T0ttconfig T37006 28T0 config Hip ssh server 4 Enable SSH function T137006 28T0 config H_ Figure 1 16 Enable SSH function Password Authentication Mode Open the software to log on to the interface of PUTTY Enter the IP address of the switch into Host Name field keep the default value 22 in the Port field select SSH a
257. net port edge ext cost int cost mode p2p priority role state status Parameter port The Ethernet port number Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the spanning tree information of all ports T3700G 28TQ config show spanning tree interface Display the spanning tree information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config show spanning tree interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 Display the spanning tree mode information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 2 221 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT T3700G 28TQ config show spanning tree interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 mode show spanning tree interface security Description The show spanning tree interface security command is used to display the protect information of all ports or a specified port Syntax show spanning tree interface security fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port bpdufilter bpduguard loop root tc tc defend Parameter port The Ethernet port number Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the protect information of all ports T3700G 28TQ config show spanning tree interface security Display the protect information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ config show spanning tree interface security gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 Display the interface security bpdufilter information T3700
258. nnected The connected routes rip The routes generated from the RIP protocol ospf The routes generated from the OSPF protocol Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the static routes T3700G 28TQ config show ip route static show ip route specify Description This show ip route specify command is used to display the invalid routing information to the specified IP address or network segments Syntax show ip route specify ip mask longer prefix Parameter ip Specify the destination IP address mask Specify the destination IP address together with the parameter ip longer mask Specify the destination subnets that match the network segment determined by the ip and mask parameters 283 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the routes to all the subnets that match 192 168 0 0 16 T3700G 28TQ config show ip route specify 192 168 0 0 255 255 0 0 longer prefix show ip route summary Description This show ip route summary command is used to display the summary information of the route entries classified by their sources Syntax show ip route summary Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the summary information of route entries T3700G 28TQ config show ip route summary 284 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROM
259. no port has been configured as the VPN port The VPN port mode uni and nni cannot switch to each other directly so please close the VPN port and switch to the other mode if needed Syntax switchport dot1q tunnel mode uni nni no switchport dot1q tunnel mode Parameter uni The port connected to the clients nni The port connected to the ISP 47 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men Metro Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure the Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 3 as the VPN UNI ports T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 3 T3700G 28T Q config if switchport dot1q tunnel mode uni show dot1q tunnel Description The show dot1q tunnel command is used to display the global configuration information of the VLAN VPN Syntax show dot1q tunnel Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the global configuration information of the VLAN VPN T3700G 28TQ config show dot1q tunnel show dot1q tunnel mapping Description The show dot1q tunnel mapping command is used to display the information of VLAN Mapping entry Syntax show dot1q tunnel mapping 48 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Privileged EXEC
260. nterface neighbor id Specify the neighbor routers ID to display the LSA retransmission list of this neighbor Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display LSA retransmission lists of all the OSPF processes T3700G 28TQ show ip ospf retransmission list show ip ospf summary address Description The show ip ospf summary address is used to display the ASBR summary routes Syntax show ip ospf process id summary address Parameter process id The process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 The summary routes of all processes will be displayed if no process ID is specified Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the summary routes of all processes T3700G 28TQ show ip ospf summary address 384 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show ip ospf virtual links Description The show ip ospf virtual links is used to display the virtual links Syntax show ip ospf process id virtual links Parameter process id The process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 The virtual links of all processes will be displayed if no process ID is specified Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the virtual links of all the OSPF processes T3700G 28TQ show ip ospf virtual links show ip ospf border routers Description The show ip ospf border routers is used to display the routing tables of t
261. nterface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure the Speed Mode as 100Mbps for Gigabit Ethernet port 20 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 20 T3700G 28TQ config if speed 100 storm control broadcast Description The storm control broadcast command is used to enable the broadcast control function To disable the broadcast control function please use no storm control broadcast command Broadcast control function allows the switch to filter broadcast in the network If the transmission rate of the broadcast packets exceeds the set bandwidth the packets will be automatically discarded to avoid network broadcast storm Syntax storm control broadcast rate no storm control broadcast Parameter rate Specify the bandwidth for receiving broadcast packets on the port The packet traffic exceeding the bandwidth will be discarded Range 1 to 1000000 kbps for the gigabit port 1 to 10000000 kbps for the ten gigabit port 172 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the broadcast control function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 5 and set the bandwidth for receiving broadcast packets as
262. ntrol port based interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port none no user access control Parameter port The Fast Gigabit ten Gigabit Ethernet port number none Set the access port list to be none Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure that only the users connected to Gigabit Ethernet ports 2 are allowed to login 74 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT T3700G 28T Q config user access control port based interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 user max number Description The user max number command is used to configure the maximum login user number at the same time To cancel the limit on login number please use no user max number command Syntax user max number admin num guest num no user max number Parameter admin num The maximum number of the users allowed to log on as Admin ranging from 1 to 16 The total number of Admin and Guest should be less than 16 guest num The maximum number of the users allowed to log on as Guest ranging from 0 to 15 The total number of Admin and Guest should be less than 16 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the maximum number of users login as Admin and Guest as 5 and 3 T3700G 28TQ config user max num 5 3 user idle timeout Description The user idle timeout command is used to configure the timeout time of the switch To restore to the
263. ny Configuration Mode Example Display the number of the illegal ARP packets received T3700G 28TQ config show ip arp inspection statistics clear ip arp inspection statistics Description The clear ip arp inspection statistics command is used to clear the statistic of the illegal ARP packets received Syntax clear ip arp inspection statistics 95 T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROMER ME MEMENTO men metro Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Clear the statistic of the illegal ARP packets received T3700G 28TQ config clear ip arp inspection statistics 96 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 15 IP Verify Source Commands IP Verify Source is to filter the IP packets based on the IP MAC Binding entries Only the packets matched to the IP MAC Binding rules can be processed which can enhance the bandwidth utility ip verify source Description The ip verify source command is used to configure the IP Verify Source mode for a specified port To disable the IP Verify Source function please use no ip verify source command Syntax ip verify source sip sip mac no ip verify source Parameter sip sip mac Security type sip indicates that only the packets with its source IP address and port number matched to the IP MAC binding rules can be processed sip mac indicates that only the packets with its source IP address source MAC address and port number m
264. o voice vlan aging command By default the aging time is 1440 minutes Syntax voice vlan aging time 50 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men metro no voice vlan aging Parameter time Aging time in minutes to be set for the Voice VLAN lt ranges from 1 to 43200 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Set the aging time for the Voice VLAN as 1 minute T3700G 28TQ config voice vlan aging 1 voice vlan priority Description The voice vlan priority command is used to configure the priority for the Voice VLAN To restore to the default priority please use no voice vlan priority command By default the priority value is 6 Syntax voice vlan priority pri no voice vlan priority Parameter pri Priority ranging from 0 to 7 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the priority of the Voice VLAN as 5 T3700G 28TQ config voice vlan priority 5 51 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT voice vlan mac address Description The voice vlan mac address command is used to create Voice VLAN OUI To delete the specified Voice VLAN OUI please use no voice vlan mac address command Syntax voice vlan mac address mac addr mask mask description descript no voice vlan mac address mac addr Parameter mac addr The OUI address of the voice device in the format of XX XX XX XX XX XX mask The OUI address mask of the voice device in the format of
265. ocal network ip dos prevent Description The ip dos prevent command is used to enable the DoS defend function globally To disable the DoS defend function please use no ip dos prevent command Syntax ip dos prevent no ip dos prevent Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the DoS defend function globally T3700G 28TQ config ip dos prevent ip dos prevent type Description The ip dos prevent type command is used to select the DoS Defend Type To disable the corresponding Defend Type please use no ip dos prevent type command Syntax ip dos prevent type land scan synfin xma scan null scan port less 1024 blat ping flood syn flood no ip dos prevent type land scan synfin xma scan null scan port less 1024 blat ping flood syn flood 99 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Parameter land Land attack scan synfin Scan SYNFIN attack xma scan Xma Scan attack null scan NULL Scan attack port less 1024 The SYN packets whose Source Port less than 1024 blat Blat attack ping flood Ping flooding attack With the ping flood attack enabled the switch will limit automatically the forwarding speed of ping packets to 512K when attacked by ping flood syn flood SYN SYN ACK flooding attack With the syn flood attack enabled the switch will limit automatically the forwarding speed of ping packets to 512
266. og file the synchronization frequency etc Syntax show logging local config Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration of the Local Log T3700G 28T Q config show logging local config show logging loghost Description The show logging loghost command is used to display the configuration of the log host Syntax show logging loghost index 117 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Parameter index The index of the log host whose configuration will be displayed Display the configuration of all the log hosts by default Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration of the log host 2 T3700G 28TQ config show logging loghost 2 show logging buffer Description The show logging buffer command is used to display the log information in the log buffer according to the severity level in the specified unit or the whole stack Syntax show logging buffer level eve unit unit id Parameter level Severity level There are 8 severity levels marked with values 0 7 The information of levels with priority not lower than the select level will display Display all the log information in the log buffer by default unit Specify the unit whose log information in the log buffer will be displayed The log information in the log buffers of the whole stack will be displayed by default
267. om 1 to 25 characters The key must be BASE64 encoded ip addr The IP address of the TFTP server Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Download a SSL key named ssl key from TFTP server with the IP address of 192 168 0 146 125 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te K T3700G 28TQ config ip http secure server download key ssl key ip address 192 168 0 146 show ip http secure server Description The show ip http secure server command is used to display the global configuration of SSL Syntax show ip http secure server Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the global configuration of SSL T3700G 28TQ config show ip http secure server 126 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Chapter 21 MAC Address Commands MAC Address configuration can improve the network security by configuring the Port Security and maintaining the address information by managing the Address Table mac address table static Description The mac address table static command is used to add the static MAC address entry To remove the corresponding entry please use no mac address table static command The static address can be added or removed manually independent of the aging time In the stable networks the static MAC address entries can facilitate the switch to reduce broadcast packets and enhance the efficiency of packets forwarding remarkabl
268. ommand is used to remove the SSH public key from the switch Syntax remove public key v1 v2 Parameter v1 v2 Select the type of SSH public key v1 represents SSH 1 v2 represents SSH 2 Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Remove the SSH 1 type public key from the switch T3700G 28TQ remove public key v1 show ip ssh Description The show ip ssh command is used to display the global configuration of SSH and the SSH public key Syntax show ip ssh Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the global configuration of SSH and the SSH public key T3700G 28TQ config show ip ssh 123 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 20 SSL Commands SSL Secure Sockets Layer a security protocol is to provide a secure connection for the application layer protocol e g HTTP based on TCP Adopting asymmetrical encryption technology SSL uses key pair to encrypt decrypt information A key pair refers to a public key contained in the certificate and its corresponding private key By default the switch has a certificate self signed certificate and a corresponding private key The Certificate Key Download function enables the user to replace the default key pair ip http secure server Description The ip http secure server command is used to enable the SSL function globally on the switch To disable the SSL function please use no ip http secure server com
269. ommande snsnnseseeeeeernttttireeertrnrtttrrrrennnn rnnr rrrreenn 277 internace MAS ct ds Bh costs en el at cies le ean a ease 277 ae Nieren 277 Ge ET 278 SOU WN ERA AA A AA adic AAA a 278 el ET EE 279 Brel Sextet AE faseeen edad cbee E AAS 279 IPsFOUUIN Desert eier Ze deed ee ee ea 280 show interface Joopback isece e a et eia a ENE aeaa E EE E 281 show interface Ma 281 show ip interface 0 ccc eeceeeeeeeceeeeeee eee eaeeeeeeeeeeseeceaeaeeeeeeeeeeececsaaeeseeeeeseseeccaeeeeeeeeseesensenees 282 show ip interface briet ieemicieea nyaan ee raaa araea Ear E EEE KEEA EEVEE NEENA NEEE aE eiai 282 XIII SHOW lee 283 show ip route specify 0 2 2 eee ceeeceeecececeeeeeeeeeeaeeeceeeeteceeaaeeceeeeeeeeececceeaeeeseeesseeneaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeneaes 283 show ip route SUMM ALY 0 eee eee 284 Chapter 34 DEENEN 285 S rVvice UNCP iii A AAA ee eee 285 ip dhcp server exclude address ccccccccnncononenononnnonnnonenenononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenennnnnnnnneneneninen 285 ip dhcp server pool cceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeetanenaas 286 ip dhcp server ping timeout oocccccccccnncnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnins 286 ip dhcp server ping Dackeis AAA 287 NOIWOMK 2 ia E AAA eee ee 287 ET 288 address Well 288 address dent Wdenttter A 289 E UI EE 290 o EE 290 Show ip dhcp Server status AAA 291 show ip dhep server statisti
270. on Mode Example Display the status of IEEE 802 1P priority and DSCP priority T3700G 28TQ show qos status 186 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Chapter 25 Port Mirror Commands Port Mirror refers to the process of forwarding copies of packets from one port to a monitoring port Usually the monitoring port is connected to data diagnose device which is used to analyze the monitored packets for monitoring and troubleshooting the network monitor session destination interface Description The monitor session destination interface command is used to configure the monitoring port Each monitor session has only one monitoring port To change the monitoring port please use the monitor session destination interface command by changing the port value To delete the corresponding monitor session configuration please use no monitor session command Syntax monitor session session_num destination interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port no monitor session session_num Parameter session_num The monitor session number the value of which is 1 port The Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create monitor session 1 and configure Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 1 as the monitoring port T3700G 28TQ config monitor session 1 destination interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 Delete the monitor session 1 T3700
271. on ip mask The destination IP address mask It is required if you typed the destination IP address time segment The time range for the rule to take effect By default it is not limited dscp Specify the dscp value ranging from O to 63 s port The source port number d port The destination port number tcpflag Specify the flag value when using TCP protocol protocol Configure the value of the matching protocol tos Enter the IP ToS contained in the rule pre Enter the IP Precedence contained in the rule Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create an Extended IP ACL whose ID is 2220 and add Rule 10 for it In the rule the source IP address is 192 168 0 100 the source IP address mask is 255 255 255 0 the time range for the rule to take effect is tSeg1 and the packets match this rule will be forwarded by the switch T3700G 28TQ config access list create 2220 T3700G 28TQ config access list extended 2220 rule 10 permit sip 192 168 0 100 smask 255 255 255 0 tseg tSeg1 Description The rule command is used to configure MAC ACL rule To delete the corresponding rule please use no rule command rule rule id deny permit smac source mac smask source mac mask dmac destination mac dmask destination mac mask type ethernet type pri user pri tseg time segment 198 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT no rule
272. on profile To delete the corresponding profile please use no ip igmp profile command Syntax ip igmp profile id no ip igmp profile id Parameter id Specify the id of the configuration profile Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create the profile 1 T3700G 28TQ config ip igmp profile 1 deny Description The deny command is used to configure the filtering mode of profile as deny Syntax deny Command Mode Profile Configuration Mode Example Configure the filtering mode of profile 1 as deny 310 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT T3700G 28TQ config ip igmp profile 1 T3700G 28TQ config igmp profile deny permit Description The permit command is used to configure the filtering mode of profile as permit Syntax permit Command Mode Profile Configuration Mode Example Configure the filtering mode of profile 1 as permit T3700G 28TQ config ip igmp profile 1 T3700G 28TQ config igmp profile permit range Description The range command is used to configure the range of the profile s filtering multicast address To delete the corresponding filtering multicast address please use no range command Syntax range start ip end ip no range start ip end ip Parameter start ip The start filtering multicast IP address end ip The end filtering multicast IP address Command Mode Profile Configuration Mode 311 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR ROME RE ME MEMENT
273. onfiguration of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 5 T3700G 28TQ show ip dhcp snooping interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 5 90 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 14 ARP Inspection Commands ARP Address Resolution Protocol Detect function is to protect the switch from the ARP cheating such as the Network Gateway Spoofing and Man In The Middle Attack etc ip arp inspection global Description The ip arp inspection command is used to enable the ARP Detection function globally To disable the ARP Detection function please use no ip arp detection command Syntax ip arp inspection no ip arp inspection Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the ARP Detection function globally T3700G 28TQ config ip arp inspection ip arp inspection trust Description The ip arp inspection trust command is used to configure the port for which the ARP Detect function is unnecessary as the Trusted Port To clear the Trusted Port list please use no ip arp detection trust command The specific ports such as up linked port routing port and LAG port should be set as Trusted Port To ensure the normal communication of the switch please configure the ARP Trusted Port before enabling the ARP Detect function Syntax ip arp inspection trust no ip arp inspection trust 91 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te r Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface rang
274. onfigure the login of virtual terminal connection 0 5 as login mode T3700G 28TQ config line vty 0 5 T3700G 28T Q config line login login local Description The login local command is used to configure the login mode of the switch which uses the user name and password to login Syntax login local Command Mode Line Configuration Mode Example Configure the login of virtual terminal connection 0 5 as login local mode T3700G 28TQ config line vty 0 5 T3700G 28TQ config line login local Configure the login of Console port connection 0 as login local mode T3700G 28TQ config line console 0 T3700G 28TQ config line login local 78 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show user account list Description The show user account list command is used to display the information of the current users Syntax show user account list Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the information of the current users T3700G 28TQ config show user account list show user configuration Description The user configuration command is used to display the security configuration information of the users including access control max number and the idle timeout etc Syntax show user configuration Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the security configuration information of the users T3700G 28TQ config show user configuration
275. onnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnannnnnnnnanenins 228 ip igmp snooping querier van 229 ip igmp snooping querier vlan general query 0ooococcccccccococonoccccccccnncanonnnonnnnononcnnnnnnnncnnoninnns 230 ip igmp snooping querier vlan SPECIFIC QUETY occcoccccconocococccocccccncononononnnnononcnnnnnnonnnnoninnns 231 SNOW IP IGMP SNOOPING tit 232 show ip igmp snooping Interface 232 show ip igmp snooping VIAN eee EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE sees EEEE EEEE EEEE 233 show ip igmp snooping multt vlan nl rn rr 233 show ip IGMP SNOOPING QrOUPS cccccccccccnccncconcconcnonnnonnnonnnonononononnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnonnnonnnonnnonnss 234 show ip mp SNOOPING Ouerler aana a ar eaaa ana E a aaa ianea 234 Chapter 30 SNMP Commande 236 SAMP SOIVE Tati 236 Xl SNIMP SEIVER VIGW gt o eher lead 236 SNMP SEIVEFr GlOUD ii A dE ite Aine need eed ent 237 SNIMP SErVEr O Eege 238 SNMPpP Server COMMUNITY EE 240 Glen AA AA AS A eee 241 Snmp serverengInel RE 242 SNIMpP SeErver Traps Lu ME 243 snmp server traps nk status 244 SNM Server ta PSs c2e ei feaca cd debe tbh cnet ad saves e 244 SAMP SErVeLr taps E 245 snmp server traps EEN 246 MON AJI ONAYA AES AS ES SSS ES SO PAES SS SE SE ec tteccenset sh eadontmetatees 247 ue BEE 248 Mon Al ARI EE 249 Wuel Le 250 SNOW SNMP SEIVel iia 251 show SNMP SEIVEFr VIEW EE elie eA A ee a AAE AAEE 251 Gelle tee TTT 252 SNOW spnmp Server User ENEE ENEE suas anes EEN 252 show snmp server Commun 253 Die Vue GN ne ti
276. opy logging flash e i ccc ss ccvsedeccatenecveseesesdeateaeteseeeeesandeeate A recae 116 Clear lOGGING a A a el a an a 116 show logging local config wert tae a A Pat a ee A 117 SHOW logging lOg OS titi 117 Show logging DUE ds is eee 118 show logging Tash A AA Fie deviance 119 VI Chapter O SSMACOMMANOS lia 120 Re 120 IP SSHEVEFSION O O 120 IN eet oie Eelere Eeer ee ee 121 EES HOER nee ee ee Ee dee 121 IP SSh dd oder 122 E ue Ve le e TE 123 rue E EE 123 Chapter 20 59 COMMON 124 A NON 124 ip http secure server download certificate o oonooocccnnnncunnicocccccccccnoncnnonononnnnnnoncnnanancnnnnaninnns 124 ip http secure server download key 125 Show ip http Ee CT 126 Chapter 21 MAC Address Commands 0 seccieeedecedeeedeeedeeeteeedeeedeeedeeedeeedeneeeee 127 mac addresstable StatiGs vu Noten o etica 127 mac address table aging time oo oocccccccnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnneninin 128 mac address table filtering cccceceeeccececeeeeeeeceneaeeeeeeeeeeeeceeaaeeeeeeeeseseecaeeeeeeeeseseensneaeeees 128 mac address table max Mac count eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee reee teeerssetseetssetesrtteetssetseetesetesenseneent 129 GN Ve e 130 show mac address table aging time ccccceeeceeeeeee cece aces ease aeeeaeeeaaeeaaeeaeeeaaeeaaeeaeeeaaeeaeeeaes 131 show mac address table max Mac cCOUnt aces aeee ease case cece sees aaeeaaeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaaeeaes 131 show
277. or devices An NDP packet carries the aging time which indicates the period of the receiving devices to keep the NDP packet Syntax cluster ndp cluster ndp timer hello hello time aging aging time no cluster ndp no cluster ndp timer hello hello time aging aging time Parameter hello time Hello Time which is the interval to send NDP packets Hello Time ranges from 5 to 254 in seconds By default it is 60 Hello Time should be smaller than Aging Time aging time Aging Time which is the period for the neighbor switch to keep the NDP packets from this switch Aging Time ranges from 5 to 255 in seconds By default it is 180 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable NDP function globally and configure Aging Time as 120 seconds Hello Time as 50 seconds 267 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO a 03 M EE CTT Te C T3700G 28TQ config cluster ndp T3700G 28TQ config cluster ndp timer hello 50 aging 120 cluster ntdp Description The cluster ntdp command is used to configure NTDP globally To disable the cluster NTDP function please use no cluster ntdp command NTDP Neighbor Topology Discovery Protocol is used to collect the NDP information and neighboring connection information of each device in a specific network range It provides the commander switch with the information of devices which can join the cluster and collects topology information of devices within the speci
278. ord Interface range link aggregation Interface loopback Privileged EXEC Global Configuration Interface VLAN Mode Mode VLAN Configuration Mode The following table gives detailed information about the Accessing path Prompt of each mode and how to exit the current mode and access the next mode 17 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Logout or Access the Mode Accessing Path Prompt next mode Use the exit command to disconnect the switch except that the switch is User EXEC Primary mode once it is connected through the gt Mode connected with the switch Tres Console port Use the enable command to access Privileged EXEC mode Enter the disable or exit a bl ate command to return to User Privileged OR ame eee E EXEC mode EE d enter this mode from User T3700G 28TQ S 00 EXEC mode Enter configure command to access Global Configuration mode Use the exit or the end command or press Ctrl Z to return to Privileged EXEC mode Use the interface Global Use the configure command to E GE y Configuration enter this mode from Privileged T3700G 28TQ config SEN a EXEC mode gigabitEthernet port list Mode command to access interface Configuration mode Use the vlan vlan list to access VLAN Configuration mode Use the exit command to Line exit to the global l Use the line vty command NS configuration mode Configuration from Global Configuration T3700G 28TQ config li
279. ort gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number or port list Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configurations of all Ethernet ports T3700G 28TQ config show interface configuration 177 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show storm control Description The show storm control command is used to display the storm control information of an Ethernet port Syntax show storm control interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number or port list Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the storm control information of port Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 20 T3700G 28TQ config show storm control interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 20 show bandwidth Description The show bandwidth command is used to display the bandwidth limit information of Ethernet port Syntax show bandwidth interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number or port list Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the bandwidth limit information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 20 178 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR ROMER
280. ort isolation interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The number of Ethernet port you want to show its forward port list in the format of 1 0 2 Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the forward list of Gigabit Ethernet port 3 T3700G 28TQ show port isolation interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 3 Display the forward list of all Ethernet ports T3700G 28TQ show port isolation interface 191 T3700G 28TQ ROSES de Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei M EE CTT Te Chapter 27 ACL Commands ACL Access Control List is used to filter data packets by configuring a series of match conditions operations and time ranges It provides a flexible and secured access control policy and facilitates you to control the network security time range Description The time range command is used to add Time Range To delete the corresponding Time Range please use no time range command A time range based ACL enables you to implement ACL control over packets by differentiating the time ranges A time range can be specified in each rule in an ACL The rule takes effect only when the specified time range is configured and the system time is within the time range Syntax time range name no time range name Parameter name The Time Range name ranging from 1 to 16 characters Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Add a time range named t
281. ot1x port control command Syntax dot1x port control auto authorized force unauthorized force no dot1x port control Parameter auto authorized force unauthorized force The Control Mode for the port auto In this mode the port will normally work only after passing the 802 1X Authentication authorized force In this mode the port can work normally without passing the 802 1X Authentication unauthorized force In this mode the port is forbidden working for its fixed unauthorized status Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure the Control Mode for Gigabit Ethernet port 20 as authorized force T3700G 28TQ config Hinterface gigabitEthernet 1 0 20 T3700G 28T Q config if dot1x port control authorized force 106 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT dot1x port method Description The dot1x port method command is used to configure the control type of IEEE 802 1X for the specified port By default the control type is mac based To restore to the default configuration please use no dot1x port method command Syntax dot1x port method mac based port based no dot1x port method Parameter mac based port based The control type for the port mac based
282. p address 192 168 0 110 Start to download SSH key file eich 01701 08 53 29 System 6 Success to read tftp 192 168 0 110 public by c onsole T137006 28T0 config H Download SSH key fil OK f the name of the IP address of T37006 28TQ config _ the public key the TFTP server Figure 1 21 Download the Public Key n ote 1 The key type should accord with the type of the key file 2 The SSH key downloading can not be interrupted 4 After the public key is downloaded please log on to the interface of PuTTY and enter the IP address for login 15 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT X Pul TY Configuration Category Session Logging Terminal Keyboard Bell Features Basic options for your PuTTY session Specify the destination you want to connect to Hast Name or IP address Port 1192 168 0 1 22 Connection type Window Appearance Behaviour Translation Selection Colours B Connection Data Proxy Telnet Rlogin SSH Kex E Close window on exit Auth O Always Never TTY Z bah Figure 1 22 SSH Connection Config ORaw OTelnet ORiogin SSH Serial Load save or delete a stored session Saved Sessions Default Settings Only on clean exit 5 Click Browse to download the private key file to SSH client software and click Open it Pul TY Configuration Category Terminal Keyboard Bell C Bypass authentication entirely SSH 2 onl
283. p is one of the commonly used RMON Groups RMON alarm management allows monitoring the specific alarm variables When the value of a monitored variable exceeds the threshold an alarm event is generated which triggers the switch to act in the set way rmon alarm index stats index sindex alarm variable revbyte revpkt bpkt mpkt crc lign undersize oversize jabber collision 64 65 127 128 511 512 1023 1024 10240 s type absolute delta rising threshold r hold rising event index r event falling threshold f hold falling event index fevent a type rise fall all owner owner name interval interval no rmon alarm index Parameter index The index number of the Alarm Management entry ranging from 1 to 12 in the format of 1 3 5 sindex Specify the statistics index alarm variable The alarm variable By default the option is revbyte s type Sample Type which is the sampling method for the selected variable and comparing the value against the thresholds There are two options absolute and delta Absolute indicates comparing the values directly with the thresholds at the end of the sampling interval Delta indicates subtracting the last sampled value from the current value and then comparing the difference in the values with the threshold By default the Sample Type is absolute r hold The rising counter value that triggers the Rising Thre
284. p md5 To restore to the default 802 1x authentication method please use no dot1x auth method command Syntax dot1x auth method pap eap md5 no dot1x auth method Parameter pap eap md5 Authentication Methods 101 T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men men pap IEEE 802 1X authentication system uses extensible authentication protocol EAP to exchange information between the switch and the client The transmission of EAP packets is terminated at the switch and the EAP packets are converted to the other protocol such as RADIUS packets for transmission eap md5 IEEE 802 1X authentication system uses extensible authentication protocol EAP to exchange information between the switch and the client The EAP protocol packets with authentication data can be encapsulated in the advanced protocol such as RADIUS packets to be transmitted to the authentication server Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the Authentication Method of IEEE 802 1X as pap T3700G 28TQ config dot1x auth method pap dot1x guest vlan global Description The dot1x guest vlan command is used to enable the Guest VLAN function globally To disable the Guest VLAN function please use no dot1x guest vlan command Syntax dot1x guest vlan vid no dot1x guest vlan Parameter vid The VLAN ID needed to enable the Guest VLAN function ranging from 2 to 4094 The supplicants in the Guest VLAN
285. p ospf interface command is used to display the interface information 381 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax show ip ospf process id interface brief interface name interface number Parameter process id The process ID The information of all the processes will be displayed if process ID is not specified brief Display the summary information of the interface interface name interface number Specify the interface name and number to display the interface s detailed information Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the information of the interfaces in all the OSPF processes T3700G 28TQ show ip ospf interface show ip ospf neighbor Description The show ip ospf neighbor command is used to display information of the OSPF neighbor Syntax show ip ospf process id neighbor detail interface name interface number Parameter process id The process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 The neighbors information of all processes will be displayed if no process ID is specified detail The detailed information of the neighbor interface name interface number Specify the interface name and number to display the neighbor s detailed information on this interface Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode 382 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Display the nei
286. p snooping groups command is used to display the information of all IGMP snooping groups It can be extended to some other commands to display the dynamic and static multicast information of a selected VLAN Syntax show ip igmp snooping groups vlan vian id count dynamic dynamic count static static count Parameter vian id The VLAN ID selected to display the information of all multicast items count The numbers of all multicast groups dynamic Display dynamic multicast groups dynamic count The numbers of all dynamic multicast groups static Display static multicast groups static count The numbers of all static multicast groups Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the information of all IGMP snooping groups T3700G 28TQ show ip igmp snooping groups Display all the multicast entries in VLAN 5 T3700G 28TQ config show ip igmp snooping groups vlan 5 Display the count of multicast entries in VLAN 5 T3700G 28TQ config show ip igmp snooping groups vlan 5 count show ip igmp snooping querier Description The show ip igmp snooping querier command is used to display the configurations of IGMP Snooping Querier of the specified VLAN 234 T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax show ip igmp snooping querier vlan vian id Parameter vlan id Specify the ID of the VLAN to display the configurations of its IG
287. path costs of ports in an MST region It is an important criterion on determining the root port The lower value has the higher priority By default it is automatic It ranges from o to 2000000 By default it is O which is mean auto portfast Enable Disable Edge Port By default it is disabled The edge port can transit its state from blocking to forwarding rapidly without waiting for forward delay point to point The P2P link status with auto open and close options By default the option is auto If the two ports in the P2P link are root port or 208 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT designated port they can transit their states to forwarding rapidly to reduce the unnecessary forward delay Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the STP function of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 1 and configure the Port Priority as 64 ExtPath Cost as 100 IntPath Cost as 100 and then enable Edge Port T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ config if spanning tree common config port priority 64 ext cost 100 int cost 100 portfast enable point to point open spanning tree mode Description The spanning tree mode command is used to configure the STP mode of the switch To return to
288. ple Reset all the OSPF processes T3700G 28TQ clear ip ospf process show ip ospf Description The show ip ospf is used to display the global information of the OSPF process Syntax show ip ospf process id Parameter process id The process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 The global information of all the OSPF processes will be displayed if no process id is specified 380 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the global information of all the OSPF processes T3700G 28TQ show ip ospf show ip ospf database Description The show ip ospf database command is used to display the LSDB The detailed LSA information will be displayed if the LSA type is specified The LSDB summary information will be displayed if the LSA type is not specified Syntax show ip ospf process id database asbr summary external network nssa external router summary Parameter process id The process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 The LSDBs of all processes will be displayed if no process ID is specified asbr summary external network nssa external router summary The LSA type Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the detailed information of router LSA in process 1 T3700G 28TQ show ip ospf 1 database router show ip ospf interface Description The show i
289. plore command is used to collect the topology information manually Syntax cluster explore Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Collect the topology information manually T3700G 28TQ config cluster explore cluster Description The cluster command is used to configure cluster functions of a specified port Syntax cluster ndp disable enable ntdp disable enable Parameter ndp Enable Disable NDP function for the port By default it is enabled ntdp Enable Disable NTDP function for the port By default it is enabled Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet 269 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Enable NDP and NTDP function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 5 T3700G 28TQ config Hinterface gigabitEthernet 1 0 5 T3700G 28T Q config if cluster ndp enable ntdp enable cluster ip pool Description The cluster ip pool command is used to create a new cluster If no specified cluster name is set through cluster commander command the newly created cluster will be named the system default name tplink cluster Syntax cluster ip pool p mask Parameter ip The cluster IP address pool mask The cluster IP address mask Command Mode Global Configuration Mo
290. port ten gigabitEthernet port vid vian id Parameter mac addr The specified MAC address port The Fast Gigabit ten Gigabit Ethernet port number vian id Specify the VLAN which the entry belongs to 133 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the information of the MAC address 00 00 00 23 00 00 in VLAN 1 T3700G 28TQ config show mac address table address 00 00 00 23 00 00 vid 1 Display the information of the MAC address 00 00 00 23 00 00 T3700G 28TQ config show mac address table address 00 00 00 23 00 00 Display the information of the MAC address 00 00 00 23 00 00 on port 1 0 20 T3700G 28TQ config show mac address table address 00 00 00 23 00 00 interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 20 show mac address table vlan Description The show mac address table vlan command is used to display the MAC address configuration of the specified vlan Syntax show mac address table vlan vid Parameter vid The specified VLAN id Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the MAC address configuration of vlan 1 T3700G 28TQ config show mac address table vian 1 134 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT Chapter 22 System Configuration Commands System Configuration Commands can be used to configure the system information and system IP of the switch and to r
291. r Rx_Only to Tx amp Rx or Tx_Only the fast start mechanism will be enabled that is the transmit interval will be shorten to a second and several LLDPDUs will 258 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT be sent out the number of LLDPDUs equals this parameter The value ranges from 1 to 10 and the default value is 3 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify the Transmit Interval of LLDPDU as 45 seconds and Trap message to NMS as 120 seconds T3700G 28TQ config lldp timer tx interval 45 T3700G 28TQ config lldp timer notify interval 120 Ildp receive Description The Ildp receive command is used to enable the designated port to receive LLDPDU To disable the function please use no Ildp receive command Syntax Ildp receive no Ildp receive Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 1 to receive LLDPDU T3700G 28TQ config Hinterface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ config if lldp receive Ildp transmit Description The Ildp transmit command is used to enable the designated port to transmit LLDPDU To disable the function please use no Ildp transmit command Syntax lldp transmit 259 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT
292. r port it will consider this port is not a router port any more Router Port Time ranges from 60 to 600 in seconds By default it is 300 member time Member Port Time Within this time if the switch does not receive IGMP report message from the member port it will consider this port is not a member port any more Member Port Time ranges from 60 to 600 in seconds By default it is 260 leave time Leave Time which is the interval between the switch receiving a leave message from a host and the switch removing the host from the multicast groups Leave Time ranges from 1 to 30 in seconds By default it is 1 port Static Router Port which is mainly used in the network with stable topology There are two types of port Fast Ethernet port ranging from 1 to 24 in the format of 1 0 2 Gigabit Ethernet port ranging from 25 to 28 in the format of 1 0 25 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable Multicast VLAN 3 and configure Router Port Time as 100 seconds T3700G 28TQ config ip igmp snooping multi vlan config 3 rtime 100 ip igmp snooping querier vlan Description The ip igmp snooping querier vlan command is used to enable the IGMP Snooping Querier function of the VLAN s To disable the IGMP Snooping Querier function of certain VLANs please use no ip igmp snooping querier vlan command to disable the IGMP Snooping Querier function of all VLANs please use no ip igmp snooping querier command Syntax ip
293. r when the current master is considered to be unavailable It ranges from 0 to 255 in seconds By default it s 0 Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode 337 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Enable the preempt Mode and configure the delay time as 12 seconds for the interface VLAN 3 in vrid 4 T3700G 28TQ config H interface vlan 3 T3700G 28TQ contfig if Hvrrp vrid 4 preempt mode timer delay 12 vrrp vrid authentication mode Description This command sets the authorization detail value for the virtual router configured on a specified interface To restore to the default authorization mode for the virtual router configured on a specified interface please use no vrrp vrid authentication mode command Syntax vrrp vrid vrid authentication mode simple md5 key key no vrrp vrid vrid authentication mode Parameter vrid The virtual router ID simple md5 Authentication mode By default its none and no authentication will be performed simple Authentication will be performed using a text password md5 Authentication will be performed via a text password and MD5 algorithm This authentication mode has a higher security than Simple mode key It s optional and only required when authentication mode is simple or md5 Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the authentication Mode as md5 and configure the key as 123 for the interface VLAN 3
294. raffic interface Description The show lldp traffic interface command is used to display the LLDP statistic information between the local device and neighbor device of the corresponding port By default the LLDP statistic information of all the ports will be displayed Syntax show Ildp traffic interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the LLDP statistic information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ show Ildp traffic interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 266 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO Mene Chapter 32 Cluster Commands Cluster Management function enables a network administrator to manage the scattered devices in the network via a management device After a commander switch is configured management and maintenance operations intended for the member devices in a cluster is implemented by the commander device cluster ndp Description The cluster ndp command is used to configure NDP globally To diable the cluster NDP function please use no cluster ndp command NDP Neighbor Discovery Protocol is used to discover the information of the directly connected neighbor devices to support cluster establishing An NDP enabled device sends NDP packets regularly to neighbor devices as well as receives NDP packets from neighb
295. ration mode is normal Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure the GVRP registration mode as fixed for Gigabit Ethernet ports 1 0 2 6 T3700G 28TQ config interface range gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 6 T3700G 28T Q config if range gvrp registration fixed 63 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT gvrp timer Description The gvrp timer command is used to set a GVRP timer for the desired port To restore to the default setting of a GARP timer please use no gvrp timer command Syntax gvrp timer leaveall join leave value no gvrp timer leaveall join leave Parameter leaveall join leave They are the three timers leave All join and leave Once the LeaveAll Timer is set the port with GVRP enabled can send a LeaveAll message after the timer times out so that other GARP ports can re register all the attribute information After that the LeaveAll timer will start to begin a new cycle To guarantee the transmission of the Join messages a GARP port sends each Join message two times The Join Timer is used to define the interval between the two sending operations of each Join message Once the Leave Timer is set the GARP port receiving a Leave message will start its Leave ti
296. ration of QoS for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 5 T3700G 28TQ show qos interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 5 show qos cos map Description The show qos cos map command is used to display the configuration of IEEE802 1P Priority and the mapping relation between cos id and tc id 184 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te K Syntax show qos cos map Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration of IEEE 802 1P Priority and the mapping relation between cos id and tc id T3700G 28TQ show qos cos map show qos dscp map Description The show qos dscp map command is used to display the configuration of DSCP Priority Syntax show qos dscp map Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration of DSCP Priority T3700G 28TQ show gos dscp map show qos queue mode Description The show qos queue mode command is used to display the schedule rule of the egress queues Syntax show qos queue mode Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the schedule rule of the egress queues T3700G 28TQ show qos queue mode 185 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show qos status Description The show qos status command is used to display the status of IEEE 802 1P priority and DSCP priority Syntax show qos status Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configurati
297. rce indicates IP source filter none indicates applying none both indicates applying both forced source The source of the binding entry can be specified as arp scanning or dhcp snooping It is multi optional unit id Specify the unit in the stack which the binding table belongs to 80 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT idx The entry number needed to be deleted You can use the show ip source binding command to get the idx Pay attention that the entry number is the actual number in the binding table which is not display in an arranged order Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Bind an ACL entry with the IP 192 168 0 1 MAC 00 00 00 00 00 01 VLAN ID 2 and the Port number 5 manually And then enable the entry for the ARP detection and IP filter function T3700G 28TQ config ip source binding host1 192 168 0 1 00 00 00 00 00 01 vlan 2 interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 5 both Delete the IP MAC VID PORT entry with the index 5 T3700G 28TQ config no ip source binding unit 1 index 5 ip dhcp snooping Description The ip dhcp snooping command is used to enable DHCP Snooping function globally To disable DHCP Snooping function globally please use no ip dhcp snooping command DHCP Snooping functions to monitor the process of the Host obtaining the IP address from DHCP server and record the IP address MAC address VLAN and the connected Port number of the
298. ress egress rate no bandwidth all ingress egress Parameter ingress rate Specify the bandwidth for receiving packets Range 1 100000 kbps for the megaport 1 1000000 kbps for the gigaport 1 to 10000000 kbps for the ten gigabit port egress rate Specify the bandwidth for sending packets Range 1 102400 kbps for the megaport 1 1000000 kbps for the gigaport 1 to 10000000 kbps for the ten gigabit port Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Configure the ingress rate as 5120kbps and egress rate as 1024kbps for Gigabit Ethernet port 5 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 5 T3700G 28T Q config if bandwidth ingress 5120 egress 1024 clear counters Description The clear counters command is used to clear the statistic information of all the Ethernet ports 175 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR de Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT Syntax clear counters Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Clear the statistic information of all Ethernet ports T3700G 28TQ config clear counters show interface status Description The show interface status command is used to display the connective status of an Ethernet port Syntax show interface status fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet por
299. restore to the default configuration please use no ip dhcp snooping limit rate command Syntax ip dhcp snooping limit rate va ue no ip dhcp snooping limit rate Parameter value The value of Flow Control The options are 5 10 15 20 25 30 packet second The default value is 0 which stands for disable Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Set the Flow Control of GigabitEthernet port 2 as 20 pps T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip dhcp snooping limit rate 20 87 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT ip dhcp snooping decline Description The ip dhcp snooping decline command is used to enable the Decline Protect feature To disable the Decline Protect feature please use no ip dhcp snooping decline command Syntax ip dhcp snooping decline no ip dhcp snooping decline Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the Decline Protect feature of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config if ip d
300. return to the default configurations please use no spanning tree timer command Syntax spanning tree timer forward time forward time hello time hello time max age max age no spanning tree timer Parameter forward time Forward Delay which is the time for the port to transit its state after the network topology is changed Forward Delay ranges from 4 to 30 in seconds and it is 15 by default Otherwise 2 Forward Delay 1 gt Max Age hello time Hello Time which is the interval to send BPDU packets and used to test the links Hello Time ranges from 1 to 10 in seconds and it is 2 by default Otherwise 2 Hello Time 1 lt Max Age max age The maximum time the switch can wait without receiving a BPDU before attempting to reconfigure ranging from 6 to 40 in seconds By default it is 20 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure forward time hello time and max age for Spanning Tree as 16 seconds 3 seconds and 22 seconds respectively 215 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT T3700G 28TQ config spanning tree timer forward time 16 hello time 3 max age 22 spanning tree hold count Description The spanning tree hold count command is used to configure the maximum number of BPDU packets transmitted per Hello Time interval To return to the default configurations please use no spanning tree hold count command Syntax spanning tree hold count value no
301. riority When different routing protocols possess the same route to the same destination the route with the highest priority will be selected to add to the IP routing table according to the administrative distance Syntax distance administrative distance no distance Parameter administrative distance Routing administrative distance ranging from O to 255 lts default value is 110 Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure the OSPF routing administrative distance as 100 359 T3700G 28TQ ROSES de Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28T Q config router distance 100 timers throttle spf Description The timers throttle spf command is used to configure the computing delay and interval of the SPF thus preventing the consumption of the CPU and memory caused by frequent SPF computing To restore to the default value please use the no timers throttle spf command Syntax timers throttle spf spf delay spf holdtime no timers throttle spf Parameter spf delay The delay time of the SPF computing ranging from 1 to 600 seconds The default value is 5 seconds spf holdtime The minimum interval between two SPF computings ranging from 1 to 600 seconds The default value is 5 seconds Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure the computing delay and interval of the SPF as 10 seconds T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G
302. ription The reboot command is used to reboot the switch To avoid damage please don t turn off the device while rebooting Syntax reboot unitid Parameter unitid Specify the unit in the stack to reboot If not specified reboot all members in the stack Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Reboot all members in the stack T3700G 28TQ reboot copy running config startup config Description The copy running config startup config command is used to save the current settings as the startup configuration file Syntax copy running config startup config unit id Parameter unit id Specify the unit in the stack whose current settings would be saved as the startup configuration file If not specified current settings of all the members in the stack will be saved as their startup configuration file Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Example Save unit 1 s current settings as the startup configuration file 144 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei M EE CTT Te T3700G 28TQ copy running config startup config 1 copy running config backup config Description The copy running config backup config command is used to save the current settings as the backup configuration file Syntax copy running config backup config unit id Parameter unit id Specify the unit in the stack whose current settings would be saved as the backup configuration file If not specified current
303. rity must be an integral multiple of 4096 and it is 32768 by default Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the bridge priority as 4096 T3700G 28TQ config spanning tree priority 4096 spanning tree tc defend Description The spanning tree tc defend command is used to configure the TC Protect of Spanning Tree globally To return to the default configuration please use no spanning tree tc defend command A switch removes MAC address entries upon receiving TC BPDUs If a malicious user continuously sends TC BPDUs to a switch the switch will be busy with removing MAC address entries which may decrease the performance and stability of the network Syntax spanning tree tc defend threshold threshold period period no spanning tree tc defend Parameter threshold TC Threshold ranging from 1 to 100 packets By default it is 20 TC Threshold is the maximum number of the TC BPDUs received by the switch in a TC Protect Cycle 214 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR de Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO lei BRETT period TC Protect Cycle ranging from 1 to 10 in seconds By default it is 5 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure TC Threshold as 30 packets and TC Protect Cycle as 10 seconds T3700G 28TQ config spanning tree tc defend threshold 30 period 10 spanning tree timer Description The spanning tree timer command is used to configure forward time hello time and max age of Spanning Tree To
304. rk brought by recalculating STP because of link failures and network congestions To disable the Loop Protect function please use no spanning tree guard loop command Syntax spanning tree guard loop no spanning tree guard loop Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the Loop Protect function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 T3700G 28T Q config if spanning tree guard loop spanning tree guard root Description The spanning tree guard root command is used to enable the Root Protect function for a port With the Root Protect function enabled the root bridge will 218 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT set itself automatically as ERROR PORT when receiving BPDU packets with higher priority in order to maintain the role of root bridge To disable the Root Protect function please use no spanning tree guard root command Syntax spanning tree guard root no spanning tree guard root Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the Root Protect function for Gigabit
305. rts are in the same VLAN or not is not demanded strictly 3 The monitoring port and monitored ports cannot be link aggregation member Example Create monitor session 1 then configure Gigabit Ethernet port 4 5 7 as monitored ports and enable ingress monitoring T3700G 28TQ config monitor session 1 source interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 4 5 1 0 7 rx 188 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Delete the Gigabit Ethernet port 4 in monitor session 1 and its configuration T3700G 28TQ config no monitor session 1 source interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 4 rx show monitor session Description The show monitor session command is used to display the configuration of port monitoring Syntax show monitor session session_num Parameter session_num The monitor session number the value of which is 1 Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the monitoring configuration of monitor session 1 T3700G 28TQ config show monitor session 1 189 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 26 Port isolation Commands Port Isolation provides a method of restricting traffic flow to improve the network security by forbidding the port to forward packets to the ports that are not on its forwarding port list port isolation Description The port isolation command is used to configure the forward port list of a port so that this port can only communicate wi
306. rule id Parameter rule id The rule ID deny The operation to discard packets permit The operation to forward packets By default it is permit source mac The source MAC address contained in the rule source mac mask The source MAC address mask It is required if you typed the source MAC address destination mac The destination MAC address contained in the rule destination mac mask The destination MAC address mask It is required if you typed the destination MAC address ethernet type EtherType contained in the rule in the format of 4 hex number user pri The user priority contained in the rule ranging from O to 7 By default it is not limited time segment The time range for the rule to take effect By default it is not limited Command Mode Mac Access list Configuration Mode Example Create a MAC ACL whose ID is 20 and add Rule 10 for it In the rule the source MAC address is 00 01 3F 48 16 23 the source MAC address mask is ff ff ff ff ff 00 the user priority is 5 the time range for the rule to take effect is tSeg1 and the packets match this rule will be forwarded by the switch T3700G 28TQ config mac access list 20 T3700G 28TQ config mac acl rule 10 permit smac 00 01 3F 48 16 23 smask ff ff ff ff ff 00 pri 5 tseg tSeg1 access list policy name Description The access list policy name command is used to add Polic
307. s default route is the IP routing table or not T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28T Q config router default information originate always auto cost Description The auto cost command is used to enable the auto computing function of the interface cost and configure the reference bandwidth The interface cost is the ratio of the reference bandwidth to the interface bandwidth To restore the reference bandwidth to default value please use the no auto cost reference bandwidth command To disable the auto computing function of the interface cost please use the no auto cost command without parameters Syntax auto cost reference bandwidth bandwidth 358 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men men no auto cost reference bandwidth bandwidth Parameter bandwidth The reference bandwidth ranging from 1 to 4294967 Mbps lts default value is 1000Mbps Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Enable the auto computing function of the interface cost and configure the reference bandwidth as 10000 Mbps T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28TQ config router auto cost reference bandwidth 10000 distance Description The distance command is used to configure the OSPF administrative distance To restore to the default distance please use the no distance command The administrative distance represents the priority of the routes The smaller administrative distance corresponds to higher p
308. s the Connection type X Pul TY Configuration Category E Session Basic options for your PuTTY session Logging Specify the destination you want to connect to B Terminal Host Name or IP address Port Keyboard Bell 192 168 0 1 ES Features Connection type Window ORaw O Telnet O Rlogn SSH Serial Appearance Behaviour Translation Saved Sessions Load save or delete a stored session Selection Colours D 5 efault Settings B Connection Load Data zem Proxy Telnet Rlogin SSH Close window on exit O Always ONever Only on clean exit Figure 1 17 SSH Connection Config Click the Open button in the above figure to log on to the switch Enter the login user name and password to log on the switch and then enter the Privileged EXEC Mode password so you can continue to configure the switch 13 T3700G 28TQ TC CIR de Tee ET ET le ME EEN ES men EE ETT Te K 192 168 0 1 PulTY admin 58 0 110 Figure 1 18 Log on the Switch gt Key Authentication Mode 1 Select the key type and key length and generate SSH key g Pull Key Generator File Key Conversions Help Key No key Actions Generate a public private key pair Generate a key Generate Load an existing private key file Save the generated key Parameters Number of bits in a generated key Key length 1024 Figure 1 19 Generate SSH Key n ote 1 The key length is in the range of 256 to
309. s used to specify the maximum number of the connections to the SSH server To return to the default configuration please use no ip ssh max client command Syntax ip ssh max client num 121 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT no ip ssh max client Parameter num The maximum number of the connections to the SSH server It ranges from 1 to 5 By default this value is 5 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify the maximum number of the connections to the SSH server as 3 T3700G 28TQ config ip ssh max client 3 ip ssh download Description The ip ssh download command is used to download the SSH key file from TFTP server Syntax ip ssh download v1 v2 key file ip address p addr Parameter v1 v2 Select the type of SSH key to download v1 represents SSH 1 v2 represents SSH 2 key file The name of the key file which is selected to download The length of the name ranges from 1 to 25 characters The key length of the downloaded file must be in the range of 256 to 3072 bits ip addr The IP address of the TFTP server Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Download a SSH 1 type key file named ssh key from TFTP server with the IP address 192 168 0 148 T3700G 28TQ config ip ssh download vi ssh key ip address 192 168 0 148 122 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men men remove public key Description The remove public key c
310. secret simple cipher H no user name user name user name Type a name for users login which contains 16 characters at most composing digits English letters and under dashes only password Type a password for users login which contains 31 characters at most composing digits English letters and under dashes only guest admin Access level Guest means that you can only view the settings without the right to edit and modify Admin means that you can edit modify and view all the settings of different functions It is admin by default disable enable Enable disable the user The new added user is enable by default simple cipher The way of displaying password in configuration file By default it is simple Mode Global Configuration Mode Add and enable a new admin user named tplink of which the password is password 72 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te T3700G 28TQ config user name tplink password password type admin status enable user access control ip based Description The user access control ip based command is used to limit the IP range of the users for login Only the users within the IP range you set here are allowed to login To cancel the user access limit please use no user access control command Syntax user access control ip based p addr p mask no user access control Parameter ip addr
311. sed to the NSSA T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28TQ config router f summary address 192 168 0 0 255 255 0 0 nssa only maximum paths Description The maximum paths command is used to configure the maximum number of the equal cost multipath routings To restore to default value please use the no maximum paths command Syntax maximum paths number no maximum paths Parameter number The maximum number of the equal cost multipath routings ranging from 1 to 32 The default value is 5 Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure the maximum number of the equal cost multipath routings as 2 T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28T Q config router maximum paths 2 355 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te K redistribute Description The redistribute command is used to configure the ASBR to redistribute the external routes from other routing protocols to the OSPF domain in type 5 LSAs To cancel this redistribution please use the no redistribute command without any optional parameters To restore the certain optional parameters to default values please use the no redistribute command with corresponding parameters Syntax redistribute static rip ospf process id metric cost metric type type tag tag nssa only no redistribute static rip ospf process id y metric cost metric type type tag tag nssa only P
312. sed to configure the ID and password of the md5 authentication on the specified interface To cancel the configuration please use no ip ospf message digest key command 377 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax ip ospf message digest key id md5 key no ip ospf message digest key id Parameter id _ The ID of the md5 authentication key ranging from 1 to 255 key The authentication string ranging from 1 to 8 characters Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure md5 authentication key ID as 1 and password as abc on interface VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config if ip ospf message digest key 1 md5 abc ip ospf network Description The ip ospf network command is used to configure the network type on the specified interface To restore to default please use the no ip ospf network command Syntax ip ospf network broadcast point to point no ip ospf network Parameter broadcast The broadcast network type It is the default value point to point The point to point network type Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the network type on interface VLAN 2 as broadcast T3700G 28T Q config if ip ospf network broadcast 378 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT ip ospf database filter all out Description The ip ospf database filter all out command is used to block the flooding of the LSA packets on the specified
313. sed to enable SSH function To disable the SSH function please use no ip ssh server command Syntax ip ssh server no ip ssh server Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable the SSH function T3700G 28TQ config ip ssh server ip ssh version Description The ip ssh version command is used to enable the SSH protocol version To disable the protocol version please use no ip ssh version command Syntax ip ssh version v1 v2 no ip ssh version v1 v2 Parameter v1 v2 The SSH protocol version to be enabled They represent SSH v1 and SSH v2 respectively 120 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable SSH v2 T3700G 28TQ config ip ssh version v2 ip ssh timeout Description The ip ssh timeout command is used to specify the idle timeout time of SSH To restore to the factory defaults please use ip ssh timeout command Syntax ip ssh timeout value no ip ssh timeout Parameter value The Idle timeout time During this period the system will automatically release the connection if there is no operation from the client It ranges from 1 to 999 in seconds By default this value is 500 seconds Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify the idle timeout time of SSH as 100 seconds T3700G 28TQ config ip ssh timeout 100 ip ssh max client Description The ip ssh max client command i
314. shold alarm ranging from 1 to 2147483647 By default it is 100 r event Rise Event which is the index of the corresponding event which will be triggered if the sampled value is larger than the Rising Threshold It ranges from 1 to 12 f hold The falling counter value that triggers the Falling Threshold alarm ranging from 1 to 2147483647 By default it is 100 249 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT f event Fall Event which is the index of the corresponding event which will be triggered if the sampled value is lower than the Falling Threshold It ranges from 1 to 12 a type Alarm Type with rise fall and all options Rise indicates that the alarm event will be triggered when the sampled value exceeds the Rising Threshold fall indicates that the alarm event will be triggered when the sampled value is under the Falling Threshold and all indicates that the alarm event will be triggered either the sampled value exceeds the Rising Threshold or is under the Falling Threshold By default the Alarm Type is all owner name The owner of the entry ranging from 1 to 16 characters By default it is monitor interval The alarm interval time ranging from 10 to 3600 in seconds By default it is 1800 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure rmon alarm entries 1 3 binding with statistics entry 2 the owners as owner and the alarm intervals as 100 seconds
315. spanning tree hold count Parameter value The maximum number of BPDU packets transmitted per Hello Time interval ranging from 1 to 20 in pps By default it is 5 Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the hold count of STP as 8pps T3700G 28TQ config spanning tree hold count 8 spanning tree max hops Description The spanning tree max hops command is used to configure the maximum number of hops that occur in a specific region before the BPDU is discarded To return to the default configurations please use no spanning tree max hops command Syntax spanning tree max hops value no spanning tree max hops Parameter value The maximum number of hops that occur in a specific region before the BPDU is discarded ranging from 1 to 40 in hop By default it is 20 216 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the max hops of STP as 30 T3700G 28TQ config spanning tree max hops 30 spanning tree bpdufilter Description The spanning tree bpdufilter command is used to enable the BPDU filter function for a port With the function enabled the port can be prevented from receiving and sending any BPDU packets To disable the BPDU filter function please use no spanning tree bpdufilter command Syntax spanning tree bpdufilter no spanning tree bpdufilter Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet
316. t The related configuration information selected to display port list The list group of Ethernet ports Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the IGMP basic configuration of Gigabit Ethernet port 2 232 T3700G 28TQ ROSES de Tee ET ET EILER ENEE D ECO men men T3700G 28TQ show ip igmp snooping interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 basic config Display the IGMP basic configuration of Gigabit Ethernet ports 2 4 T3700G 28TQ show ip igmp snooping interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 4 basic config show ip igmp snooping vlan Description The show ip igmp snooping vlan command is used to display the VLAN configuration of IGMP Syntax show ip igmp snooping vlan vian id Parameter vlan id The VLAN ID selected to display Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the IGMP snooping configuration information of VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ show ip igmp snooping vlan 2 show ip igmp snooping multi vlan Description The show ip igmp snooping multi vlan command is used to display the Multicast VLAN configuration Syntax show ip igmp snooping multi vlan Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the Multicast VLAN configuration T3700G 28TQ show ip igmp snooping multi vlan 233 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C show ip igmp snooping groups Description The show ip igm
317. t ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number or port list Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the connective status of all Ethernet ports T3700G 28T Q config show interface status Display the connective status of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 T3700G 28TQ config show interface gigabitEthernet status 1 0 1 show interface counters Description The show interface counters command is used to display the statistic information of an Ethernet port 176 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te K Syntax show interface counters fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number By default the statistic information of all ports is displayed Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the statistic information of all Ethernet ports T3700G 28TQ config show interface counters Display the statistic information of Gigabit Ethernet port 20 T3700G 28TQ config show interface counters gigabitEthernet 1 0 20 show interface configuration Description The show interface configuration command is used to display the configurations of an Ethernet port including Port status Flow Control Negotiation Mode and Port description Syntax show interface configuration fastEthernet p
318. t fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The Fast Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number selected to display the configuration information Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 1 in the Voice VLAN T3700G 28TQ config show voice vlan switchport gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 Display the configuration information of all the ports in the Voice VLAN T3700G 28TQ config show voice vlan switchport 55 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter9 Private VLAN Commands Private VLANs are configured specially for saving VLAN resource of uplink devices and decreasing broadcast private vlan primary Description The private vlan primary command is used to configure the designated VLAN as the primary VLAN of the Private VLAN To abolish the currently primary VLAN please use no private vlan primary command Syntax private vlan primary no private vlan primary Command Mode VLAN Configuration Mode VLAN Example Configure the VLAN 3 as the primary VLAN of the private VLAN T3700G 28TQ config vlan 3 T3700G 28TQ config vlan Hprivate vlan primary private vlan community Description The private vlan community command is used to configure the designated VLAN as the community VLAN of the Private VLAN To abolish the currently community VLAN please use no private
319. tatic binding IP address client id Specify the client ID in the format of hex value ascii The client ID is entered with ascii characters Command Mode DHCP Configuration Mode 289 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Example Reserve the IP address 192 168 0 10 in the address pool product for the device with the client ID as abc in ascii T3700G 28TQ config ip dhcp pool product T3700G 28TQ dhcp config address 192 168 0 10 client identifier abc ascii default gateway Description The default gateway command is used to specify the default gateway of the address pool To delete the configuration please use no default gateway Syntax default gateway gateway list no default gateway Parameter gateway list Specify the gateway list with the format of A B C D E F G H At most 8 gateways can be configured separated by comma Command Mode DHCP Configuration Mode Example Specify the address pool product s default gateways as 192 168 0 1 and 192 168 1 1 T3700G 28TQ config H ip dhcp server pool product T3700G 28TQ dhcp config default gateway 192 168 0 1 192 168 1 1 dns server Description The dns server command is used to specify the DNS server of the address pool To delete this configuration please use no dns server command Syntax dns server dns list no dns server 290 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO men EE CTT IT r Parameter dns list
320. te the loopback interface To delete the specified loopback interface please use the no interface loopback command Syntax interface loopback id no interface loopback id Parameter id The ID of the loopback interface ranging from 1 to 2147483647 277 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create the loopback interface 1 T3700G 28TQ config interface loopback 1 switchport Description This switchport command is used to switch the Layer 3 interface into the Layer 2 port To switch the Layer 2 port into the Layer 3 routed port please use the no switchport command Syntax switchport no switchport Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Switch the gigabitEthernet port 1 0 9 into the routed port T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 9 T3700G 28T Q config if no switchport shutdown Description This switchport command is used to shut down the specified interface The interface type include routed port loopback interface and VLAN interface To enable the specified interface please use the no shutdown command Syntax shutdown no shutdown 278 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te Command Mode
321. ted decimal notation 368 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee EL RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT cost The cost of the aggregated route ranging from 1 to 16777214 The default value is the maximum one of all the aggregated routes Command Mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure one aggregated route 100 100 0 0 16 with the cost 10 in the Area 0 T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 T3700G 28T Q config router area O range 100 100 0 0 255 255 0 0 cost 10 area virtual link Description The area virtual link command is used to configure the virtual link To delete the configured virtual link please use the no area virtual link without any optional parameters To restore the certain parameters to default values please use the no area virtual link command with corresponding parameters Syntax area transit area virtual link router id dead interval dead interval hello interval hello interval retransmit interval rtx interval transmit delay trans delay no area transit area virtual link router id dead interval dead interval hello interval hello interval retransmit interval rtx interval transmit delay trans delay Parameter transit area The transition area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal notation or decimal value ranging from O to 4294967295 router id The ID of the neighboring router on the opposite end of the virtual link in the format of dotted
322. th the ports on its port list To delete the corresponding configuration please use no port isolation command Syntax port isolation fa forward list fa forward list gi forward list gi forward list ten gi forward list ten gi forward list no port isolation Parameter fa forward list Configure Fast Ethernet ports to the forward port list It is optional gi forward list Configure Gigabit Ethernet ports to the forward port list It is optional ten gi forward list Configure Gigabit Ethernet ports to the forward port list It is optional Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Set Gigabit Ethernet ports 1 0 15 17 to the forward port list of Gigabit Ethernet 1 0 8 T3700G 28TQ config Hinterface range gigabitEthernet 1 0 8 T3700G 28T Q config if range port isolation gi forward list 1 0 15 17 Set all the Ethernet ports to forward port list of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 2 namely restore to the default setting T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 190 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men Metro T3700G 28T Q config if range no port isolation show port isolation Description The show port isolation command is used to display the forward port list of a port Syntax show p
323. the console port on the switch by a provided cable 2 Click Start All Programs gt Accessories Communications gt Hyper Terminal to open the Hyper Terminal as the Figure 1 1 shown Set Program Access and Defaults W Windows Catalog Windows Update D Program Updates EH Accessibility EH Games D 7 Startup L Entertainment Network Connections io leie plorer ES Internet Explorer ei System Tools 9 Network Setup Wizard Ena WwW msn A Address Book E New Connection Wizard ES Microsoft Office Out fe Outlook Express 3 Calculator i Remote Desktop Connection y Remote Assistance Command Prompt Y Wireless Network Setup Wizard EI Notepad windows Media Player T Notepad 2 Windows Messenger Paint BR nee E v PA Goar rom sd P GC Windows Movie Maker S i Program Compatibility Wizard Gy Wireless Clie A Activate Windows wy Synchronize SS EH IxChariot HN Tour Windows xP Ay MSN F asmax gt GQ windows Explorer E LogMeTT gt A WordPad Windows Media Play E Tera Term gt Y pare EH Microsoft Office Im Macrovision E TP LINK All Programs P ei OvisLink Cl Log OFF Q Turn OFF Computer Figure 1 1 OpenHyper Terminal 3 The Connection Description Window will prompt as Figure 1 2 shown Enter a name into the Name field and click OK T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te K Connection Description Y New Connection Enter a name and choose an icon for the connection Name tp link Icon
324. thernet ten gigabitEthernet port detail Parameter fastEthernet gigabitEthernet ten gigabitEthernet Specify the port type port Specify the port number detail The detailed information of the dynamic multicast groups Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the detailed information of the dynamic multicast groups on the gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 T3700G 28TQ config show ip igmp groups interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 detail show ip igmp groups interface vian Description The show ip igmp groups interface vlan command is used to display the information of all the dynamic multicast groups on the specified Interface Syntax show ip igmp groups interface vlan vian id detail Parameter vlan id Specify the interface VLAN ID detail The detailed information of the 315 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the information of the dynamic multicast groups on interface VLAN 1 T3700G 28TQ config show ip igmp groups interface vlan 1 show ip igmp groups static Description The show ip igmp groups static command is used to display the information of all the static multicast groups Syntax show ip igmp groups static detail Parameter detail The detailed information of all the static multicast groups Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and
325. ting and tagging of externally derived routing information OSPF also allows packet authentication and uses IP multicast when sending and receiving packets router ospf Description The router ospf command is used to create an OSPF routing process and enter the router configuration mode Each OSPF routing process is an independent instance running the OSPF protocol and they works separately To delete the specified OSPF routing process please use the no router ospf command Syntax router ospf process id no router ospf process id Parameter process id Process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 Five processes can be created at most Command mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create an OSPF routing process with the process ID as 1 T3700G 28TQ config router ospf 1 router id Description The router id command is used to configure the router ID The no router id command is used to delete the configured router ID If no router ID is configured manually or the configured router ID is deleted the highest IP address among all loopback interfaces will be chosen as the router ID 352 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Syntax router id router id no router id Parameter router id The route ID in the format of dotted decimal notation 0 0 0 0 is illegal Command mode Router Configuration Mode Example Configure the router ID of OSPF routing process 1 as 1 1 1 1 T3700G 28TQ
326. tp SOUTE cece ceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeececeeaeeeeeeeecaceseaaeaeeeseeeeseeseeeaaeeseeeeeeseensensaeeess 152 copy image tftp targeti isisisi iniraveecs einnrekene iaieineea ETA EENEN EANNAN EEEE eE iaai 152 COPY IMAGES A A aa i ee 153 PEIMOVE DACKUPHIMAG E 154 REMOVE COMPO AA a A A AA tii 154 lee e TE le EE 155 POU EE 156 UE EE 156 loopback Inte TE 157 SKOW System ln A A 158 show system time det 158 SNOW SYSteM tiMe min 159 ShHOWSYSte Ee ce ran DEE t 159 Ge Vente le 160 SHOW filesini System isc 160 SNOW imagenio EE 161 SHOW FUNNING CONNIG EE 162 SNOW DOO tics ie tees ss ee bev A dE A E rd RA 162 show cable diagnostics Interface 163 Show CpuUrutIIIZALION s ioin ani HAA os eae Wie a la da ieee 163 SHOWS memory tili atiON cita 164 Chapter 23 Ethernet Configuration Commande ssssssssssesseeeeeeeeeeeeereeeereereereeeene 165 interface fastEthernet A 165 interface range fastEthernet sssssseeneseeererertrttetettttrt ttrt tetttttn tnte tetett tn Ennn Astete E EEEren eeEe 165 interface Oigabittihermet 166 interface range Oioabttihermet 166 interface ten gigabitEthernet ccccecccceeceeeceeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeecneeaeeeceeeeseeeeneaeeeeeeseseeesisueeeeees 167 interface range ten gigabitEthernet 2 00 0 2 ceeccceceee cece eeeecenneeeeeeeeeseceneaeeeeeeseeesesnenseeeeeees 168 descriptio Miseni ee eA A OLA eee He A RA 169 AU ee ET 169 Heeler A dee e e ger ea aie 170 CUPO AA Sec va tea de A E ls aC 171 PO WEE
327. tttt ttrt rrtt ttrt tttr tnnt terttrtr nnne neee erer nene net 383 show ip ospf summan address cece seceaaeeeeeesesesesecneeseeeeeeeseeeeeeaees 384 show ip ospf virtuallmks tetetete tttrtrttttttttrtttn tarttet rttr tnts tst trEE Enns terer Er Ennen eE n 385 show ip ospf border routers ccccecceeececceeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeesecaaeeeeeeeeeeseeqceeeaeeeeeeeeeeesnneeeeeees 385 SHOW IP FOUTS OS Ph nd geeed deiert Seege deed de geile eaten ata eee ee 386 show ip ospf area database cccccecceecccceceeeeeeeceneaeeeeeeeeteeceneaeeeeeeeeseeeensaeeeseesesseeseseneeeeees 386 show ip ospf area Interface 387 show ip ospf area neighbor cece eeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeteceeeaeeeeeeeeteecensaeeeeeeeesseesuneneaneees 387 show ip ospf areareouestlIet cece eeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeececesaaeeeeeeeeseseneeieeeeeeeeeeseeneaees 388 show ip ospf area retransrmission Jei cece eeeecneeceeeeeeesenecneeseeeeeeessenenneaseeeees 389 XVIII T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Preface This Guide is intended for network administrator to provide referenced information about CLI Command Line Interface The device mentioned in this Guide stands for T3700G 28TQ JetStream 28 Port Gigabit Stackable L3 Managed Switch Overview of this Guide Chapter 1 Using the CLI Provide information about how to use the CLI CLI Command Modes Security Levels and some Conventions Chapter 2 User Interface Provide information about the commands used to switch between five
328. tus to be displayed all represents all the environmental information fan represents the fans running status power represents the power s running status temperature represents the system s environmental temperature unitid Specify the unit in the stack whose environmental information will be displayed If not specified the environmental information of all the switches in the stack will be displayed Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the system s running temperature of all the switches in the stack T3700G 28TQ show environment temperature show files in system Description The show files in system command is used to display the information of system files Syntax show file in system unitid 160 T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROME RELE ME MEMENTO a 0 M EE CTT Te K Parameter unitid Specify the unit in the stack whose system files information will be displayed If not specified the system files information of all the switches in the stack will be displayed Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the system files information of all the switches in the stack T3700G 28TQ show files in system show image info Description The show image info command is used to display the information of image files in the system Syntax show file in system unitid Parameter unitid Specify th
329. ubnet with the interface Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Add an IP address as 192 168 0 7 for vrid 4 on interface VLAN 3 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 3 T3700G 28T Q config if vrrp vrid 4 virtual ip 192 168 0 7 vrrp vrid description Description This command is used to configure or modify the description for the virtual router Syntax vrrp vrid vrid description description Parameter vrid The virtual router ID description String to describe the virtual router which contains 8 characters at most composing digits English letters and under dashes only 335 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men men Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Name the vrid 4 as vr4 on interface VLAN 3 T3700G 28TQ config H interface vlan 3 T3700G 28T Q config if vrrp vrid 4 description vr4 vrrp vrid priority Description This command is used to set the priority value for the virtual router configured on a specified interface To restore to the default priority please use no vrrp vrid priority command Syntax vrrp vrid vrid priority pri no vrrp vrid vrid priority Parameter vrid The virtual router ID pri Priority ranging from 1 to 254 By default the priority value is 100 Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the priority for the interface VLAN 3 as 123 in vrid 4 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 3 T3700G 28TQ confi
330. uery interval command is used to configure the interval of Startup Query Messages that the switch sends on specified interface To restore to the default value on this interface please use no ip igmp startup query interval command Syntax ip igmp startup query interval interval no ip igmp startup query interval Parameter interval Specify the interval of Startup Query Messages that the switch sends The default value is 15 seconds Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the interval of Startup Query Messages that the switch sends as 10 seconds on Interface VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip igmp query interval 10 ip igmp startup query count Description The ip igmp startup query count command is used to configure the number of Startup Query Messages that the switch sends on specified interface To restore to the default value on this interface please use no ip igmp startup query count command Syntax ip igmp startup query count count no ip igmp startup query count 307 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO men EE CTT IT r Parameter count Specify the number of Startup Query Messages that the switch sends The default value is 2 Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the number of Startup Query Messages that the switch sends as 3 on Interface VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q confi
331. up Enable linkup trap It is sent when port status changes from linkdown to linkup By default it is enabled linkdown Enable linkdown trap It is sent when port status changes from linkup to linkdown By default it is enabled warmstart Enable warmstart trap It is sent upon SNMP function reboot By default it is enabled coldstart Enable coldstart trap It is sent upon switch reboot By default it is enabled Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Enable SNMP standard linkup trap for the switch T3700G 28TQ config snmp server traps snmp linkup 243 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT snmp server traps link status Description The snmp server traps link status command is used to enable SNMP link status trap for the specified port To disable the sending of SNMP link status trap please use no snmp server traps link status command Syntax snmp server traps link status no snmp server traps link status Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable SNMP link status trap for port 1 0 3 T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 3 TL SG3424P config if snmp server traps link status snmp server traps Description The snmp server traps command is
332. ups that a port joins has exceeded the max group the newly joined multicast group will replace one of the old entries randomly Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Specify the maximum numbers of groups that ports 1 0 2 5 can join as 10 and configure the throttling action as replace T3700G 28TQ config Hinterface range gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 5 T3700G 28T Q config if range ip igmp snooping max groups 10 T3700G 28T Q config if range ip igmp snooping max groups action replace ip igmp snooping multi vlan config Description The ip igmp snooping multi vlan config command is used to create and configure a Multicast VLAN To delete the corresponding Multicast VLAN please use no ip igmp snooping multi vlan config command Syntax ip igmp snooping multi vlan config vlan id rtime router time mtime member time me eave time rport interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port no ip igmp snooping multi vlan config Parameter vlan id The ID of the VLAN desired to modify configuration ranging from 2 to 4094 228 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei M EE CTT Te router time Router Port Time Within this time if the switch does not receive IGMP query message from the route
333. ure the stack authentication mode To turn off the authentication please use no switch authentication mode command Syntax swtich authentication mode md5 key simple key no switch authentication mode Parameter key Enter the authentication key string The length of the key string is up to 16 octets Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Configure the stack s authentication mode as md5 and the key as hello T3700G 28T Q config switch authentication mode md5 hello 27 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT switch stack name Description The switch stack name command is customize the stack s name To restore to the default name Stack please use no switch stack name command Syntax swtich stack name name no switch stack name Parameter name Specify the name of the stack Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Specify the name of the stack as Stack1 T3700G 28TQ config switch stack name Stack switch stack port Description The switch stack port command is used to enable the stack port To switch the stack port to Ethernet port please use no switch stack port command Syntax swtich stack port interface ten gigabitEthernet port no switch stack port interface ten gigabitEthernet port Parameter port The stack port number Command Mode Global Configuration Mode 28 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO a 0a M EE
334. used to enable SNMP extended traps To disable the sending of SNMP extended traps please use no snmp server traps command Syntax snmp server traps bandwidth control cpu flash ipaddr change lldp loopback detection storm control spanning tree memory no snmp server traps bandwidth control cpu flash ipaddr change Ildp loopback detection storm control spanning tree memory Parameter bandwidth control Enable bandwidth control trap It is sent when the rate limit function is enabled and the bandwidth exceeds the predefined value cpu Allow CPU related trap It is sent when CPU usage exceeds the predefined threshold By default the CPU usage threshold of the switch is 80 244 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT flash Enable flash trap It is sent when flash is modified during operations such as backup reset firmware upgrade configuration import etc ipaddr change Enable ipaddr change trap It is sent when IP address is changed such as user manually modifies the IP address or the switch obtains a new IP address from DHCP Ildp Enable lldp trap It is sent when the port s neighbor changes loopback detection Enable loopback detection trap It is sent when the switch detects loopback or loopback is cleared storm control Enable storm control trap It is sent when the multicast or broadcast rate exceeds the predefined valu
335. ut the commands used for configuring the DHCP Relay function Chapter 36 Proxy ARP Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Proxy ARP function Chapter 37 IGMP Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the IGMP function Chapter 38 PIM Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the PIM function T3700G 28TQ ROSCA ROME RE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 39 Static Multicast Routing Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Static Multicast Routing function Chapter 40 VRRP Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the VRRP function Chapter 41 RIP Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the RIP function Chapter 42 OSPF Commands Provide information about the commands used for configuring the OSPF function T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men EE CTT Te C Chapter 1 Using the CLI 1 1 Accessing the CLI You can log on to the switch and access the CLI by the following two methods 1 Log on to the switch by the console port on the switch 2 Logon to the switch remotely by a Telnet or SSH connection through an Ethernet port 1 1 1 Logon by a console port To log on to the switch by the console port on the switch please take the following steps 1 Connect the PCs or Terminals to
336. voice vlan security Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode interface fastEthernet interface range fastEthernet interface gigabitEthernet interface range gigabitEthernet interface ten gigabitEthernet interface range ten gigabitEthernet Example Enable the Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 3 for Voice VLAN security feature T3700G 28TQ config interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 3 T3700G 28T Q config if switchport voice vlan security 53 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RELE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show voice vlan Description The show voice vlan command is used to display the global configuration information of Voice VLAN Syntax show voice vlan Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration information of Voice VLAN globally T3700G 28TQ config show voice vlan show voice vlan oui Description The show voice vlan oui command is used to display the configuration information of Voice VLAN OUI Syntax show voice vlan oui Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the configuration information of Voice VLAN OUI T3700G 28T Q config show voice vlan oui 54 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER LE ME MEMENTO lei BRETT show voice vlan switchport Description The show voice vlan switchport command is used to display the configuration information of all the ports or one specified port in the Voice VLAN Syntax show voice vlan switchpor
337. witch sends as 50 seconds on interface VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip igmp query interval 50 ip igmp query max response time Description The ip igmp query max response time command is used to specify the max response time to the General Query message on specified interface To restore to the default value on this interface please use no igmp query max response time command Syntax ip igmp query max response time time no ip igmp query max response time 304 T3700G 28TQ ROSES Tee ET ET ME MEMENTO men men Parameter time Specify the max response time to the General Query message The default value is 10 seconds Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Configure the max response time to the General Query message as 5 seconds on Interface VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 T3700G 28T Q config if ip igmp query max response time 5 ip igmp require router alert Description The ip igmp require router alert command is used to configure to check the router alert option of the IGMP messages on specified interface To disable this check function on this interface please use no ip igmp require router alert command Syntax ip igmp require router alert no ip igmp require router alert Command Mode Interface Configuration Mode Example Check the router alert option of the IGMP messages on Interface VLAN 2 T3700G 28TQ config inter
338. y Features Window Appearance Behaviour Translation Selection Colours Gi Connection C Allow agent forwarding Data C Allow attempted changes of username in SSH 2 Options controlling SSH authentication Authentication methods Attempt authentication using Pageant C Attempt TIS or CryptoCard auth SSH 1 Attempt keyboard interactive auth SSH 2 Authentication parameters Proxy SR Te TO CH VI Telnet Rlogin SSH Kex TT x11 Tunnels Bugs Figure 1 23 Download the Private Key 16 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT After successful authentication please enter the login user name If you log on to the switch without entering password it indicates that the key has been successfully downloaded gin the CLI by vtyO 192 168 0 110 Figure 1 24 Log on the Switch 1 2 CLI Command Modes The CLI is divided into different command modes User EXEC Mode Privileged EXEC Mode Global Configuration Mode Line Configuration Mode VLAN Configuration Mode Interface Configuration Mode Router Configuration Mode DHCP Configuration Mode and MST Configuration Mode Interface Configuration Mode can also be divided into Interface gigabitEthernet Interface link aggregation and some other modes which is shown as the following diagram Interface Configuration Mode Interface gigabitEthernet User EXEC Mode Interface link aggregation Interface range gigabitEthernet passw
339. y Syntax mac address table static mac addr vid vid interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port no mac address table static mac addr vid vid mac mac addr vid vid interface fastEthernet port gigabitEthernet port ten gigabitEthernet port y Parameter mac addr The MAC address of the entry you desire to add vid The VLAN ID number of your desired entry It ranges from 1 to 4094 port The Fast Gigabit Ethernet port number Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Add a static Mac address entry to bind the MAC address 00 02 58 4f 6c 23 VLAN1 and Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 1 together T3700G 28TQ config mac address table static 00 02 58 4f 6c 23 vid 1 interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 1 Delete the static address entry whose VLAN id is 1 127 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROME RE ME EEN MB lei BRETT T3700G 28TQ config no mac address table static vid 1 Delete the static address entry whose MAC address is 00 02 58 4f 6c 23 T3700G 28TQ config no mac address table static 00 02 58 4f 6c 23 mac address table aging time Description The mac address table aging time command is used to configure aging time for the dynamic address To return to the default configuration please use no mac address table aging time command Syntax mac address table aging time aging time no mac address table aging time Parameter aging time The aging time for the dynamic
340. y To delete the corresponding Policy please use no access list policy name command A Policy is used to control the data packets those match the corresponding ACL 199 T3700G 28TQ WICH CTT ROME RELE ME MEMENTO men metro rules by configuring ACLs and actions together for effect The operations here include stream mirror stream condition QoS Remarking and redirect Syntax access list policy name name no access list policy name name Parameter name The Policy Name ranging from 1 to 16 characters Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Add a Policy named policy1 T3700G 28TQ config access list policy name policy1 access list policy action Description The access list policy action command is used to add ACLs and create actions for the policy To set the detailed configuration of actions for a policy please use access list policy action command to access Action Configuration Mode To delete the corresponding actions please use no access list policy action command Syntax access list policy action policy name acl id no access list policy action policy name acl id Parameter policy name The Policy Name ranging from 1 to 16 characters acl id The ID of the ACL to which the above policy is applied Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Add ACL whose ID is 1200 to policy1 and create an action for them T3700G 28TQ config access list policy action policy1 1200 200 T
341. y the NTDP configuration of Gigabit Ethernet port 1 0 2 T3700G 28TQ show cluster ntdp interface gigabitEthernet 1 0 2 Display the device table of NTDP in summary T3700G 28TQ show cluster ntdp device list summary show cluster Description When the current switch is Commander Switch the show cluster command is used to display the global configuration of Cluster Syntax show cluster Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode 275 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Example Display the global configuration of Cluster T3700G 28TQ show cluster show cluster member Description The show cluster member command is used to display the member information Syntax show cluster member Command Mode Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode Example Display the member information T3700G 28TQ show cluster member 276 T3700G 28TQ ROSES ROMER ME MEMENTO lei BRETT Chapter 33 Static Routes Commands interface vian Description This interface vlan command is used to create the VLAN interface To delete the specified VLAN interface please use the no interface vlan command Syntax interface vlan vid no interface vlan vid Parameter vid The ID of the VLAN Command Mode Global Configuration Mode Example Create the VLAN interface 2 T3700G 28TQ config interface vlan 2 interface loopback Description This interface loopback command is used to crea

TP-Link T3700G-28TQ CLI Reference Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents